LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND INC
N-1A EL, 1995-11-03
Previous: LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND INC, N-8A, 1995-11-03
Next: ALLIANCE GAMING CORP, 10-K/A, 1995-11-06



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 1995
                                                Registration No. 
                                                                    


                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C.  20549
                                                  
                                FORM N-1A
                                                                 


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933               X
     Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                 
                                                                 
     Post-Effective Amendment No.                                
          and/or
                                                                 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940       X
                                                                 
                     Amendment No.                               


                      (Check appropriate box or boxes.)


                      LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.
             ---------------------------------------------------
              (Exact name of Registrant as specified in Charter)


                           Park 80 West Plaza Two
                       Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663
                   -----------------------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)


                Registrant's Telephone Number:  (201) 845-7300

                                              

                           Lisa Curcio, Secretary
                      Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.
           Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663
                  -----------------------------------------
                   (Name and address of agent for service)

                                With a copy to:
                             Carl Frischling, Esq.
                Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
                  919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022
                                                      
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Approximate date of proposed public offering

     As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement become effective 
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Pursuant to Rule 24(f)(2) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the
Registrant hereby elects to register an indefinite number of shares of common
stock, $.001 par value per share, of all series of the Registrant, now
existing or hereafter created.  The Registration Fee required by Rule 24f-2 is
$500.00.

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                  
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8 (a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.
                      REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM N-1A
                            CROSS REFERENCE SHEET


                                    PART A

Items in Part A                                            Prospectus
of Form N-1A     Prospectus Caption                        Page Number
- ---------------  ------------------                        -----------
     1.          Cover Page                                Cover Page

     2.          Synopsis                                       *

     3.          Condensed Financial Information                *

     4.          General Description of Registrant              2

     5.          Management of the Fund                         4

     5a.         Management's Discussion of Fund Performance    *

     6.          Capital Stock and Other Securities            11

     7.          Purchase of Securities Being Offered           5

     8.          Redemption or Repurchase                       6

     9.          Legal Proceedings                              *


Note * Omitted since answer is negative or inapplicable     

<PAGE>


                      LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.


            STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL               STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
PART B      INFORMATION CAPTION                   INFORMATION PAGE NUMBER
- ------      -----------------------               -----------------------
 10.        Cover Page                                   Cover Page
     
 11.        Table of Contents                            Cover Page
     
 12.        General Information and History              11 (Part A)

 13.        Investment Objectives and Policies               2         

 14.        Management of the Registrant                     3

 15.        Control Persons and Principal Holders            6 
            of Securities

 16.        Investment Advisory and Other Services           6

 17.        Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices         7

 18.        Capital Stock and Other Securities           11 (Part A)

 19.        Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of          5, 6(Part A)
            securities being offered

 20.        Tax Status                                      10

 21.        Underwriters                                 4  (Part A)

 22.        Calculation of Yield Quotations on Money         *
            Market Funds


PART C
- ------
          Information required to be included in Part C is set forth under
          the appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration
          Statement.


* Not Applicable

<PAGE>

                                                                      PROSPECTUS
                                                                 January 2, 1996

Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.

P.O. Box 1515 / Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663
                      Toll Free: Service-1-800-526-0056
             24 Hour Account Information-1-800-526-0052
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services-1-800-367-9160

A  NO-LOAD  MUTUAL  FUND  WHOSE  INVESTMENT   OBJECTIVE  IS  LONG-TERM   CAPITAL
APPRECIATION.  THE FUND WILL SEEK TO ACHIEVE ITS  INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE  THROUGH
INVESTMENT IN COMMON STOCKS AND EQUIVALENTS  PRIMARILY OF COMPANIES DOMICILED IN
THE UNITED STATES WITH A MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF LESS THAN $1 BILLION.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            Lexington  SmallCap  Value  Fund,  Inc.  (the  "Fund")  is a
        no-load open-end diversified  management investment company. The
        Fund's  principal  investment  objective  is long  term  capital
        appreciation.

            Shareholders  may invest,  reinvest or redeem  shares at any
        time without charge or penalty.

            Lexington  Management  Corporation ("LMC") is the Investment
        Adviser of the Fund.  Capital  Technology,  Inc.  ("CTI") is the
        Fund's Sub-Adviser. Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc. ("LFD") is
        the Distributor of shares of the Fund.

            This Prospectus  concisely sets forth  information about the
        Fund that you should  know before  investing.  It should be read
        and retained for future reference.

            A Statement of Additional Information dated January 2, 1996,
        which  provides a further  discussion  of certain  areas in this
        Prospectus  and other  matters  that may be of  interest to some
        investors,  has been  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
        Commission and is incorporated  herein by reference.  For a free
        copy,  call the appropriate  telephone  number above or write to
        the address listed above.

            Mutual fund shares are not  deposits or  obligations  of (or
        endorsed  or  guaranteed  by) any bank,  nor are they  federally
        insured or otherwise  protected by the Federal Deposit Insurance
        Corporation  ("FDIC"),  the Federal  Reserve  Board or any other
        agency.  Investing in mutual funds  involves  investment  risks,
        including the possible  loss of  principal,  and their value and
        return will fluctuate.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Investors Should Read and Retain this Prospectus for Future Reference

                                       
<PAGE>

                                    FEE TABLE

Annual Fund Operating Expenses:
(as a percentage of average net assets) (net of reimbursement)*:
    Management fees....................................................... 1.00%
    12b-1 fees............................................................ 0.25%
    Other fees............................................................ 0.50%
                                                                           -----
    Total Fund Operating Expenses......................................... 1.75%
                                                                           =====

Example:                                                        1 year   3 years
                                                                ------   -------
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, 
  assuming (1) 5% annual return and 
  (2) redemption at the end of each period.....................   $18      $55

    The purpose of the foregoing table is to assist an investor in understanding
the  various  costs  and  expenses  that  an  investor  in the  Fund  will  bear
indirectly.  LMC has agreed to voluntarily  limit the total expenses of the Fund
(excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage, and extraordinary expenses but including
management fee and operating  expenses) to an annual rate of 1.75% of the Fund's
average net assets.  (For more  complete  descriptions  of the various costs and
expenses, see "Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser,  Distributor and Administrative"
below.) The Expenses and Example  (except the 12b-1 fees) appearing in the table
above are based on the Fund's  estimated  expenses for the current  fiscal year.
The 12b-1 fees shown in the table  reflect the maximum  amount which may be paid
under the Distribution  Plan. See "Distribution  Plan." The Example shown in the
table above should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses
and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.

*The  percentages  stated  in this Fee  Table  are net of  reimbursement.  Total
 Operating  Expenses  absent  expense  reimbursements are predicted to be 2.50%,
 2.00% and 1.75% of the Fund's average net assets,  respectively, for the first,
 second and third years of operations.

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND

    The Fund is an open-end  diversified  management  investment  company. It is
called a no-load Fund because its shares are sold without a sales charge.

                        INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

    Lexington  SmallCap  Value  Fund (the  "Fund") is an  open-end,  diversified
management  investment  company.  The  Fund's  investment  objective  is to seek
long-term  capital  appreciation.  The Fund will seek to  obtain  its  objecitve
through  investment  in common  stocks and  equivalents  primarily  of companies
domiciled  in the United  States  with a market  capitalization  of less than $1
billion which the  Sub-Adviser  believes  offer  exceptional  relative value and
attractive  prices.  Production of income is incidental to this  objective.  The
Fund's  portfolio  will be  invested  primarily  in  equities  listed  on  stock
exchanges or traded in over-the-counter  markets in the U.S. The Fund may invest
in Canadian or other  foreign  domiciled  companies  whose  shares trade in U.S.
dollar denominated markets.

    The  Fund  will  seek to  achieve  its  objective  through  investment  in a
diversified  portfolio  of  securities  that will consist of all types of common
stocks and equivalents (the following constitute equivalents:  warrants, options
and convertible  debt  securities).  There is no assurance that the Fund will be
able to achieve its investment objective.

    Except  for   defensive  or  liquidity   purposes,   the  Fund  will  invest
substantially  all (at least 90%) of its assets in small companies  domiciled in
the U..S which have market  capitalization  (based on aggregate  market value of
outstanding  shares)  between  $20  million  and  $1  billion  at  the  time  of
investment.  The  remainder  of its assets (no more than 10%) may be invested in
securities of companies  with market  capitalizations  below $20 million;  above
$1,000,000,000;  domiciled  outside the U.S. if its shares trade in U.S. markets
in dollar  denominations;  in American Depository Shares or Receipts ("ADR's" or
"ADS's"),  closed-end  investment funds; real estate investment trusts ("REIT's)
and/or in cash and equivalent securities.  The Fund does not currently intend to
invest in securities which, 

                                       2
<PAGE>

at the time of purchase,  are not readily  marketable;  in securities of foreign
issuers  denominated in foreign  currencies;  or in futures contracts.  The Fund
will not engage in  short-selling  activities,  leverage  or  portfolio  hedging
techniques.  At any  time  the  Sub-Adviser  deems it  advisable  for  temporary
defensive  or  liquidity  purposes,  the Fund may hold all its assets in cash or
cash  equivalents and invest in, or hold unlimited  amounts of, debt obligations
of the United States government or its political subdivisions,  and money market
instruments  including  repurchase  agreements  with maturities of seven days or
less and Certificates of Deposit.

    The Fund's investment portfolio may include repurchase agreements with banks
and dealers in U.S. Government  securities.  A repurchase agreement involves the
purchase by the Fund of an  investmnet  contract from a bank or a dealer in U.S.
Government  securities  which contract is secured by debt securities whose value
is equal to or greater than the value of the repurchase  agreement including the
agreed  upon  interest.   The  agreement  provides  that  the  institution  will
repurchase the underlying securities at an agreed upon time and price. The total
amount  received  on  repurchase  would  exceed  the  price  paid  by the  Fund,
reflecting  an agreed upon rate of interest  for the period from the date of the
repurchase  agreement to the  settlement  date,  and would not be related to the
interest rate on the underlying  securities.  The  difference  between the total
amount to be received upon the  repurchase of the  securities and the price paid
by the  Fund  upon  their  acquisition  is  accrued  daily as  interest.  If the
institution  defaults  on  the  repurchase  agreement,   the  Fund  will  retain
possession of the underlying securities.  In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings
are commenced  with respect to the seller,  realization on the collateral by the
Fund may be delayed or limited and the Fund may incur additional  costs. In such
case the Fund will be subject  to risks  associated  with  changes in the market
value of collateral securities.  The Fund intends to limit repurchase agreements
to transactions with institutions believed by the Sub-Adviser to present minimal
credit risk.

    The Fund's  overall  approach to  investing  in small  capitalization  value
stocks is based upon  research  performed  by its  Sub-Adviser  which shows that
extremely  undervalued  companies offer potential for high returns over time and
excellent  diversification  versus other domestic equity investment styles. This
strategy may under-emphasize widely followed, institutional favorites and result
in holdings of stocks with little "Wall  Street" or outside  research  coverage.
Advantages of investing in distressed and/or neglected issues based on internal,
fundamental research include:

        * low valuations that offer some downside protection

        * lack of  institutional  ownership  that results in return  streams not
          highly correlated with market indices

        * potential  for upside  surprises  that is increased  as stocks  exceed
          minimal expectations and are "discovered" by other investors

        * low  transaction  costs  based  solely on best  execution  rather than
          research commitments.

    The  companies in which the Fund intends to invest will  generally  have the
following characteristics:

        * a market capitalization of less than $1 billion

        * a high relative ratio of revenue per share to stock price

        * a low relative ratio of price to book value per share

        * a positive cash flow and other measures of financial stability

        * a low stock price relative to historical levels.

    By following these criteria, the Fund intends to select securities which can
have enhanced appreciation prospects and may provide investment returns superior
to the  market  as a whole.  However,  the  market  value  of  these  companies'
securities  tends to be volatile and in the past offered  greater  potential for
gain as well as loss than securities of larger capitalization companies.

Special  Considerations.  An investor  should be aware that  investment in small
capitalization  issuers carry more risk than issuers with market  capitalization
greater than $1 billion.  Generally,  small  companies  rely on limited  product
lines,  financial  resources,  and business  activities  that may make them more
susceptible to setbacks or downturns.  In addition,  the stock of such companies
may be more thinly traded.  As a result,  in order to sell this type of security
the  Fund  may  need  to  dispose  of such  securities  over a long  period  and
at  prices discounted from  its most recent price.  Accordingly, the performance
of  small  capitalization  issuers  may be  more volatile.

    Investments by the Fund of up to 10% of its total assets in the common stock
of foreign  companies which are traded in the United States or in ADR's or ADS's
may involve considerations and risks that are different in certain respects from
an investment in 

                                       3
<PAGE>

securities  of U.S.  companies.  Such  risks  include  the  effect  of  currency
fluctuations on the value of Fund shares, the imposition of withholding taxes on
interest or dividends, possible adoption of foreign governmental restrictions on
repatriation  of income or capital  investment,  or other  adverse  political or
economic  developments.  Additionally,  it may be more  difficult to enforce the
rights of a security  holder against a foreign  company.  There may be delays in
settling  securities  transactions  in certain  foreign  markets and information
about the  operations of foreign  companies may be more  difficult to obtain and
evaluate.

    With  respect  to the  Fund's  investment  in debt  securities,  there is no
requirement  that all such  securities be rated by a recognized  rating  agency.
However,  it is the  policy of the Fund  that  investments  in debt  securities,
whether  rated or unrated,  will be made only if they are, in the opinion of the
Sub-Adviser, of equivalent quality to "investment grade" securities. "Investment
grade"  securities  are those rated  within the four highest  quality  grades as
determined by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's") or Standard & Poor's
Corporation  ("Standard & Poor's").  Securities  rated Aaa by Moody's and AAA by
Standard & Poor's are judged to be of the best  quality  and carry the  smallest
degree of risk.  Securities  rated Baa by Moody's  and BBB by  Standard & Poor's
lack high quality  investment  characteristics  and, in fact,  have  speculative
characteristics as well. Debt securities are interest-rate sensitive;  therefore
their value will tend to decrease  when  interest  rates rlse and increase  when
interest rates fall. Such increase or decrease in the value of longer-term  debt
instruments  as a result of  interest  rate  movement  will be  larger  than the
increase or decrease in value of shorter-term debt instruments.

    The Statement of additional  Information  contains a complete description of
the Fund's  restrictions and any additional  information on policies relating to
the investment of its assets and its activities.

                               PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

    Although  the Fund does not  generally  intend to invest for the  purpose of
seeking  short-term  profits,   the  Fund's  investments  may  be  changed  when
circumstances  warrant,  without  regard  to the  length  of  time a  particular
security  has been  held.  It is  expected  that the Fund  will  have an  annual
portfolio  turnover  rate that will  generally  not exceed 100%. A 100% turnover
rate would occur if all the Fund's  portfolio  investments  were sold and either
repurchased  or  replaced  within a year.  A high  turnover  rate (100% or more)
results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional
expenses which are borne by the Fund. High portfolio  turnover may result in the
realization of net short-term  capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed
to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. See "Tax Matters."

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

    The  business  affairs of the Fund are managed  under the  direction  of its
Board of  Directors.  There  are  currently  ten  Directors  (of whom  seven are
non-affiliated  persons)  who meet  four  times  each  year.  The  Statement  of
Additional  Information contains additional  information regarding the directors
and officers of the Fund.

                               PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

    The Fund is managed by a portfolio  management  team.  The lead managers are
Robb W. Rowe, CFA and Dennis J. Hamilton,  CFA of Capital Technology,  Inc., the
Sub-Advisor . Both Mr. Rowe and Mr.  Hamilton are Chartered  Financial  Analysts
and members of the  Association  for  Investment  Management  & Research and the
North Carolina Society of Financial Analysts.

    Robb Rowe is President and principal  shareholder  of CTI. He is responsible
for the Fund's overall  investment  strategy.  Mr. Rowe joined CTI in 1982 after
being Vice  President and Regional  Manager of AG Becker Co. He is a graduate of
Ripon College and has an MBA from the  University of Chicago in 1971. Mr. Rowe's
investment management career began over 20 years ago.

    Dennis  Hamilton  is Vice  President  and  Portfolio  Manager of CTI.  He is
responsible for issue selection and the day to day investment  activities of the
Fund. Mr. Hamilton joined CTI in 1994 after being Principal at Mercer Investment
Consulting,  Inc.  He has also  served as  Director  of Pension  Investment  for
several  multi-billion  corporate  pension  funds  and was  President  and Chief
Investment  Officer  of  Western  Reserve  Capital  Management,   Inc.,  an  SEC
registered  investment  advisor.  He is an Honors graduate of Colgate University
and  earned  an MBA  from  Harvard  Business  School  in  1971.  Mr.  Hamilton's
investment management career began over 24 years ago.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         INVESTMENT ADVISER, SUB-ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR AND ADMINISTRATOR

    The Fund has entered into an investment  advisory  contract  with  Lexington
Management  Corporation  ("LMC"),  P.O. Box 1515, Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle
Brook, New Jersey 07663. LMC provides  investment advice and in general conducts
the  management  and investment  program of the Fund under the  supervision  and
control  of the  Directors  of the Fund.  LMC has  entered  into a  sub-advisory
contract with CTI,  McMullen  Creek Office Center,  P.O. Box 472428,  Charlotte,
North  Carolina  28247,  under which CTI will  provide the Fund with  investment
advice  and  management  of  the  Fund's  investment  program.  Lexington  Funds
Distributor,   Inc.   ("LFD"),   a  registered  broker  dealer,  is  the  Fund's
distributor.

    LMC, established in 1938, currently manages over $3.5 billion in assets. LMC
serves as  investment  adviser to other  investment  companies  and  private and
institutional investment accounts.  Included among these clients are persons and
organizations  which own  significant  amounts of capital stock of LMC's parent.
The  clients  pay fees  which  LMC  considers  comparable  to the  fees  paid by
similarly served clients.

    CTI was founded in Charlotte, North Carolina in 1977 and invests exclusively
in domestic smaller  capitalization  stocks.  CTI currently  manages assets both
small and mid cap growth and value styles for primarily institutional clients.

    As compensation for its services, the Fund pays LMC a monthly management fee
at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily net assets.  This fee is higher
than  that  paid  by  most  other  investment  companies.  However,  it  is  not
necessarily  greater than the management fee of other investment  companies with
objectives  and  policies  similar  to this  Fund.  LMC will  pay CTI an  annual
sub-advisory  fee  of  .50%  of  the  Fund's  average  daily  net  assets.   The
sub-advisory fee will be paid by LMC, not the Fund. See "Investment  Adviser and
Distributor"  in the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  LMC has agreed to
voluntarily  limit the total expenses of the Fund  (excluding  interest,  taxes,
brokerage,  and  extraordinary  expenses but  including the  management  fee and
operating  expenses) to an annual rate of 1.75% of the Fund's  average daily net
assets through April 30,1996 or such later date to be determined by LMC.

    LMC  also  acts  as   administrator   to  the  Fund  and  performs   certain
administrative and internal accounting  services,  including but not limited to,
maintaining  general  ledger  accounts,  regulatory  compliance,  preparation of
financial information for semiannual and annual reports,  preparing registration
statements,  calculating net asset values, producing shareholder  communications
and  supervision  of the custodian,  transfer agent and provides  facilities for
such  services.  The Fund shall  reimburse  LMC for its actual cost in providing
such services, facilities and expenses.

    LMC and LFD are  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Piedmont  Management  Company
Inc., a Delaware  corporation with offices at 80 Maiden Lane, New York, New York
10038. Descendants of Lunsford Richardson,  Sr., their spouses, trusts and other
related  entities  have a  majority  voting  control  of  outstanding  shares of
Piedmont Management Company Inc. See "Investment Adviser and Distributor" in the
Statement of Additional Information.

                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

Initial  Investment-Minimum  $1,000.  By Mail: Send a check payable to Lexington
SmallCap  Value Fund,  Inc.,  along with a completed New Account  Application to
State Street Bank and Trust  Company (the  "Agent").  See the back cover of this
Prospectus for the Agent's address.

Subsequent  Investments-Minimum  $50. By Mail: Send a check payable to Lexington
SmallCap  Value Fund,  Inc., to the Agent,  accompanied by either the detachable
form  which  is part of the  confirmation  of a prior  transaction  or a  letter
indicating the dollar amount of the investment and identifying the Fund, account
number and registration.

Broker-Dealers:  You may invest in shares of the Fund through broker-dealers who
are members of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., and other
financial institutions and who have selling agreements with LFD.  Broker-dealers
and financial  institutions who process such purchase and sale  transactions for
their customers may charge a transaction fee for these services.  The fee may be
avoided by purchasing shares directly from the Fund.

The Open Account: By investing in the Fund, a shareholder appoints the Agent, as
his agent,  to establish an open account to which all shares  purchased  will be
credited,  together with any dividends and capital gain distributions  which are
paid  in  additional  shares  (see  

                                       5
<PAGE>

"Dividend,  Distribution and Reinvestment  Policy").  Stock certificates will be
issued for full shares only when requested in writing. Unless payment for shares
is made by certified or cashier's check or federal funds wire, certificates will
not be issued for 30 days. In order to  facilitate  redemptions  and  transfers,
most shareholders elect not to receive certificates.

    After an Open  Account  is  established,  payments  can be  provided  for by
"Lex-O-Matic" or other authorized  automatic bank check program accounts (checks
drawn on the  investor's  bank  periodically  for  investment  in the  Fund).  A
shareholder may arrange to make additional  purchases of shares automatically on
a monthly or quarterly basis with the Automatic  Investing Plan,  "Lex-O-Matic".
The  investments  of $50 or more  are  automatically  deducted  from a  checking
account  on or about  the 15th day of each  month.  The  institution  must be an
Automated  Clearing House (ACH) member.  Should an order to purchase shares of a
fund be cancelled  because your automated  transfer does not clear,  you will be
responsible  for any  resulting  loss  incurred  by that fund.  The  shareholder
reserves the right to  discontinue  the  Lex-O-Matic  program  provided  written
notice  is  given  ten days  prior to the  scheduled  investment  date.  Further
information  regarding  this service can be obtained  from  Lexington by calling
1-800-526-0056.

     On payroll  deduction  accounts  administered by a employer and on payments
into  qualified  pension or profit sharing plans and other  continuing  purchase
programs, there are no minimum purchase requirements.

Determination  of Net  Asset  Value:  The net  asset  value  of Fund  shares  is
determined at the official  closing time of the New York Stock Exchange each day
that  such  Exchange  is open for  trading.  In  determining  net  asset  value,
portfolio  securities  listed on a national  securities  exchange  are valued at
their  sales  price on such  exchange  as of such  time;  if no  sales  price is
reported, the mean of the last bid and asked price is used. For over-the-counter
securities  the mean of the latest bid and asked prices is used.  Securities for
which there are no current  bid and asked  prices,  and any other  assets of the
Fund for which there is no readily  available  market value,  shall be valued by
Fund  management  in good  faith  under the  direction  of the  Fund's  Board of
Directors.  Repurchase  agreements  and  certificates  of deposit  are stated at
amortized  cost. In order to determine net asset value per share,  the aggregate
value of portfolio  securities is added to the value of the Fund's other assets,
such as cash and  receivables;  the  total of the  assets  thus  obtained,  less
liabilities, is then divided by the number of shares outstanding.

Terms of  Offering:  If an order to  purchase  shares is  cancelled  because the
investor's  check does not clear, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss
incurred by the Fund.  To recover any such loss the Fund  reserves  the right to
redeem  shares owned by the  purchaser,  seek  reimbursement  directly  from the
purchaser and may prohibit or restrict the purchaser in placing future orders in
any of the Lexington Funds.

    The Fund  reserves the right to reject any order,  and to waive or lower the
investment  minimums  with respect to any person or class of persons,  including
shareholders  of the Fund's special  investment  programs.  An order to purchase
shares is not binding on the Fund until it has been confirmed by the Agent.

Account  Statements:  The Agent  will send  shareholders  either  purchasing  or
redeeming  shares of the Fund, a confirmation of the transaction  indicating the
date the purchase or redemption was accepted,  the number of shares purchased or
redeemed,  the purchase or redemption  price per share, and the amount purchased
or  redemption  proceeds.  A statement is also sent to  shareholders  whenever a
distribution is paid, or when a change in the registration, address, or dividend
option occurs. Shareholders are urged to retain their account statements for tax
purposes.

                              HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

By  Mail:  Send to the  Agent  (see the back  cover of this  Prospectus  for the
address): (1) a written request for redemption,  signed by each registered owner
exactly as the shares are  registered  including  the name of the Fund,  account
number  and  exact  registration;  (2)stock  certificates  for any  shares to be
redeemed  which are held by the  shareholder;  (3)  signature  guarantees,  when
required,   and  (4)  the  additional  documents  required  for  redemptions  by
corporations, executors, administrators, trustees, and guardians. Redemptions by
mail will not become  effective  until all  documents  in proper  form have been
received  by the  Agent.  If a  shareholder  has  any  questions  regarding  the
requirements  for  redeeming  shares,  he should  call the Fund at the toll free
number  on the back  cover  prior  to  submitting  a  redemption  request.  If a
redemption  request is sent to the Fund in New Jersey,  it will be  forwarded to
the Agent and the effective date of redemption  will be the date received by the
Agent.

    Checks for  redemption  proceeds  will normally be mailed within seven days,
but will not be mailed until all checks in payment for the shares to be redeemed
have been cleared.

                                       6
<PAGE>

Signature  Guarantee:  Signature  guarantees are required in connection with (a)
redemptions  by mail  involving  $10,000 or more;  (b) all  redemptions by mail,
regardless of the amount  involved,  when the proceeds are to be paid to someone
other than the registered  owners;  (c) changes in  instructions as to where the
proceeds of redemptions are to be sent, and (d) share transfer requests.

    The Agent requires that the guarantor be either a commercial bank which is a
member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,  a trust company, a savings
and loan  association,  a  savings  bank,  a credit  union,  a member  firm of a
domestic stock exchange,  or a foreign branch of any of the foregoing.  A notary
public is not an acceptable guarantor.

    With  respect  to  redemption  requests  submitted  by mail,  the  signature
guarantees must appear either: (a) on the written request for redemption, (b) on
a separate  instrument of assignment ("stock power") specifying the total number
of  shares  to be  redeemed,  or (c)  on all  stock  certificates  tendered  for
redemption  and,  if shares  held by the Agent are also being  redeemed,  on the
letter or stock power.

Redemption  Price: The redemption price will be the net asset value per share of
the Fund next determined  after receipt by the Agent of a redemption  request in
proper  form  (see  "Determination  of Net  Asset  Value"  in the  Statement  of
Additional Information).

    The right of redemption may be suspended (a) for any period during which the
New York Stock  Exchange is closed or the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
("SEC") determines that trading on the Exchange is restricted, (b) when there is
an emergency as determined by the SEC as a result of which it is not  reasonably
practicable  for the Fund to dispose of  securities  owned by it or to determine
fairly the value of its net assets, or (c) for such other periods as the SEC may
by order  permit for the  protection  of  shareholders  of the Fund.  Due to the
proportionately high cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the Fund reserves the
right to redeem all shares in an account  with a value of less than $500 (except
retirement plan accounts) and mail the proceeds to the shareholder. Shareholders
will be notified  before these  redemptions are to be made and will have 30 days
to make an  additional  investment  to bring their  accounts up to the  required
minimum.

                              SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Transfer:  Shares of the Fund may be  transferred  to another owner. A signature
guarantee of the  registered  owner is required on the letter of  instruction or
accompanying stock power.

Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan:  Shareholders  may elect to withdraw cash in fixed
amounts from their  accounts at regular  intervals.  The minimum  investment  to
establish a  Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan is $10,000.  If the proceeds are to be
mailed to someone  other than the  registered  owner,  a signature  guarantee is
required.

Group Sub-Accounting:  To minimize  recordkeeping by fiduciaries,  corporations,
and certain other investors, the minimum initial
investment may be waived.

                               EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

    Shares of the Fund may be exchanged  for shares of the  following  Lexington
Funds on the basis of relative net asset value per share next  determined at the
time of the  exchange.  In the event  shares of one or more of these funds being
exchanged by a single investor have a value in excess of $500,000, the shares of
the Fund will not be  purchased  until  the fifth  business  day  following  the
redemption of the shares being  exchanged in order to enable the redeeming  fund
to utilize normal securities  settlement procedures in transferring the proceeds
of the  redemption  to the Fund.  Exchanges  may not be made until all checks in
payment for the shares to be exchanged have been cleared.

    The Lexington Funds currently available for exchange are:

LEXINGTON GLOBAL FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ Symbol:  LXGLX)/Seeks  long-term  growth of
          capital  primarily  through  investment  in common stocks of companies
          domiciled in foreign countries and the United States.

LEXINGTON WORLDWIDE  EMERGING  MARKETS FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXGX)/Seeks
          long-term  growth of capital  primarily  through  investment in equity
          securities of companies  domiciled in, or doing business in,  emerging
          countries.

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXIX)/Seeks long-term growth
          of capital through investment in common stocks of companies  domiciled
          in foreign countries.  Shares of the Fund are not presently  available
          for sale in Vermont.

                                       7
<PAGE>

LEXINGTON CROSBY  SMALL  CAP ASIA  GROWTH  FUND,  INC./Seeks  long-term  capital
          appreciation  through  investment  in companies  domiciled in the Asia
          Region with a market capitalization of less than $1 billion.

LEXINGTON CORPORATE  LEADERS TRUST FUND (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXCX)/Seeks  long-term
          capital  growth and income  through  investment  in an equal number of
          shares of the  common  stocks of a fixed  list of  American  blue chip
          corporations.

LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXRX)/Seeks  long-term
          capital  appreciation  through  investments  in stocks of large,  ably
          managed and well financed companies. Income is a secondary objective.

LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC./Seeks long-term capital appreciation through
          investment  in companies  domiciled in the United States with a market
          capitalization of less than $1 billion.

LEXINGTON GOLDFUND,  INC. (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXMX)/Seeks capital appreciation and
          such hedge  against  loss of buying  power as may be obtained  through
          investment in gold bullion and equity  securities of companies engaged
          in mining or  processing  gold  throughout  the world.  Shares are not
          presently available for sale in Wisconsin.

LEXINGTON CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND. (NASDAQ Symbol: CNCVX)/Seeks total return
          by providing capital appreciation,  current income and conservation of
          capital through  investments in a diversified  portfolio of securities
          convertible  into shares of common  stock.  Shares of the Fund are not
          presently available for sale in Vermont.

LEXINGTON GNMA INCOME FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ  Symbol:  LEXNX)/Seeks a high level of
          current  income,  consistent  with  liquidity and safety of principal,
          through investment primarily in mortgage-backed GNMA Certificates.

LEXINGTON RAMIREZ GLOBAL INCOME FUND (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEBDX)/Seeks  high current
          income  by  investing  in  a  combination   of  foreign  and  domestic
          high-yield,  lower rated debt  securities.  Capital  appreciation is a
          secondary objective.

LEXINGTO  MONEY  MARKET  TRUST  (NASDAQ  Symbol:  LMMXX)/Seeks  a high  level of
          current income  consistent with  preservation of capital and liquidity
          through  investments  in  interest  bearing  short term  money  market
          instruments.

LEXINGTON TAX FREE MONEY FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol:  LTFXX)/Seeks current income
          exempt from  Federal  income  taxes while  maintaining  liquidity  and
          stability of principal  through  investment  in  short-term  municipal
          securities.

    Shareholders  in any of these funds may exchange all or part of their shares
for  shares  of one or  more  of the  other  funds,  subject  to the  conditions
described herein.  The Exchange  Privilege enables a shareholder in any of these
funds to acquire shares in a fund with a different investment objective when the
shareholder  believes that a shift between  funds is an  appropriate  investment
decision.  Shareholders  contemplating  an exchange should obtain and review the
prospectus of the fund to be acquired.

    If an exchange involves  investing in a Lexington Fund not already owned and
a new account has to be established,  the dollar amount  exchanged must meet the
initial investment of the Fund being purchased.  If, however, an account already
exists in the Fund being  bought,  there is a $500  minimum  exchange  required.
Shareholders must provide the account number of the existing account.

    Any exchange  between mutual funds is, in effect,  a redemption of shares in
one Fund and a purchase  in the other Fund.  Shareholders  should  consider  the
possible  tax effects of an  exchange.  TELEPHONE  EXCHANGE  PROVISIONS-Exchange
instructions  may be given in writing or by telephone.  Telephone  exchanges may
only be made if a Telephone  Authorization form has been previously executed and
filed with LFD. Telephone exchanges are permitted only after a minimum of 7 days
have elapsed  from the date of a previous  exchange.  Exchanges  may not be made
until all checks in payment for the shares to be exchanged have been cleared.

    Telephonic  exchanges can only involve  shares held on deposit at the Agent;
shares held in certificate form by the shareholder cannot be included.  However,
outstanding  certificates  can be  returned  to the Agent and  qualify for these
services.  Any new account established with the same registration will also have
the privilege of exchange by telephone in the Lexington Funds.

    All  accounts  involved  in  a  telephonic   exchange  must  have  the  same
registration  and  dividend  option as the  account  from which the shares  were
transferred  and will also have the  privilege  of exchange by  telephone in the
Lexington Funds in which these services are available.

                                       8
<PAGE>

    By checking  the box on the New Account  Application  authorizing  telephone
exchange services,  a shareholder  constitutes and appoints LFD,  distributor of
the Lexington Group of Mutual Funds as the true and lawful attorney to surrender
for redemption or exchange any and all non-certificated shares held by the Agent
in account(s)  designated,  or in any other  account with the  Lexington  Funds,
present  or  future,  which has the  identical  registration  with full power of
substitution  in the  premises,  authorizes  and  directs  LFD to act  upon  any
instruction  from any person by telephone  for exchange of shares held in any of
these  accounts,  to  purchase  shares  of any  other  Lexington  Fund  that  is
available,  provided the  registration  and mailing  address of the shares to be
purchased are identical to the  registration of the shares being  redeemed,  and
agrees that neither LFD, the Agent, nor the Fund(s) will be liable for any loss,
expense or cost arising out of any  requests  effected in  accordance  with this
authorization  which would  include  requests  effected by  imposters or persons
otherwise  unauthorized to act on behalf of the account.  LFD, the Agent and the
Fund,   will  employ   reasonable   procedures  to  confirm  that   instructions
communicated  by  telephone  are  genuine  and if they do not employ  reasonable
procedures  they may be liable for any losses due to  unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions.  The following identification  procedures may include, but are not
limited to, the following:  account number,  registration and address,  taxpayer
identification  number  and other  information  particular  to the  account.  In
addition,  all exchange transactions will take place on recorded telephone lines
and each  transaction will be confirmed in writing by the Fund. LFD reserves the
right to cease to act as attorney  subject to the above  appointment upon thirty
(30) days' written notice to the address of record. If other than an individual,
it is certified that certain  persons have been duly elected and are now legally
holding the titles given and that the said  corporation,  trust,  unincorporated
association,  etc. is duly  organized  and existing and has power to take action
called for by this continuing Authorization.

    Exchange Authorization forms, Telephone Authorization forms and prospectuses
of the other funds may be obtained from LFD.

    The  Distributor  has made  arrangements  with  certain  dealers  to  accept
instructions  by telephone  to exchange  shares of the Fund for shares of one of
the other  Lexington  funds at net asset value as  described  above.  Under this
procedure,  the dealer must agree to indemnify the Distributor and the Lexington
funds from any loss or liability that any of them might incur as a result of the
acceptance  of such  telephone  exchange  orders.  A  properly  signed  Exchange
Authorization  must be  received  by the  Distributor  within  five  days of the
exchange request.  In each such exchange,  the registration of the shares of the
fund being acquired must be identical to the  registration  of the shares of the
fund  exchanged.  Shares in  certificate  form are not eligible for this type of
exchange.  LFD reserves the right to reject any telephone exchange request.  Any
telephone exchange orders so rejected may be processed by mail.

    This  exchange  offer is  available  only in states where shares of the fund
being acquired may legally be sold and may be modified or terminated at any time
by the  Fund.  Broker-dealers  who  process  exchange  orders on behalf of their
customers may charge a fee for their services. Such fee may be avoided by making
requests for exchange directly to the Fund or Agent.

                         TAX-SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

    The Fund offers a Prototype  Pension and Profit  Sharing  Plan,  including a
Keogh Plan, IRA's,  SEP-IRA's and IRA Rollover Accounts,  401(k) Plans,  Section
457 Deferred  Compensation  Plans and 403(b)(7) Plans. Plan support services are
available through the Shareholder  Services Department of LMC at 1-800-526-0056.
(See   "Tax-Sheltered   Retirement   Plans"  in  the   Statement  of  Additional
Information.)

                 DIVIDEND, DISTRIBUTION AND REINVESTMENT POLICY

    The Fund intends to declare or distribute a dividend from its net investment
income  and/or  net  capital  gain  income  to  shareholders  annually  or  more
frequently if necessary in order to comply with distribution requirements of the
Code to avoid the imposition of regular Federal income tax, and if applicable, a
4% excise tax.

    Any  dividends  and  distribution  payments  will be reinvested at net asset
value,  without sales charge,  in additional  full and fractional  shares of the
Fund  unless and until the  shareholder  notifies  the Agent in writing  that he
wants to receive his  payments  in cash.  This  request  must be received by the
Agent at least seven days before the dividend  record date.  Upon receipt by the
Agent of such written  notice,  all further  payments will be made in cash until
written  notice to the contrary is received.  An account of such shares owned by
each  shareholder will be maintained by the Agent.  Shareholders  whose accounts
are maintained by the Agent will have the same rights as other shareholders with
respect to shares so registered (see "How to Purchase Shares-The Open Account").

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                DISTRIBUTION PLAN

    The Board of  Directors  of the Fund has  adopted a  Distribution  Plan (the
"Plan") in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
after having concluded that there is a reasonable  likelihood that the Plan will
benefit the Fund and its  shareholders.  The Plan provides that the Fund may pay
distribution fees, including payments to the Distributor,  at an annual rate not
to exceed 0.25% of its average daily net assets for distribution services.

    Distribution  payments will be made as follows:  The Fund either directly or
through the Adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to
any  broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  and a  member  in good  standing  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. and who has entered into a Selected Dealer  Agreement
with  the  Distributor,  (ii) to  other  persons  or  organizations  ("Servicing
Agents") who have entered into  shareholder  processing  and service  agreements
with the Adviser or with the  Distributor,  with respect to Fund shares owned by
shareholders  for which  such  Broker is the  dealer or holder of record or such
servicing agent has a servicing  relationship,  or (iii) for expenses associated
with  distribution  of Fund  shares,  including  the  compensation  of the sales
personnel of the Distributor;  payments of no more than an effective annual rate
of 0.25%,  or such lesser  amounts as the  Distributor  determines  appropriate.
Payments may also be made for any advertising and promotional  expenses relating
to  selling  efforts,  including  but not  limited to the  incremental  costs of
printing prospectuses,  statements of additional information, annual reports and
other periodic  reports for  distribution to persons who are not shareholders of
the Fund; the costs of preparing and distributing any other  supplemental  sales
literature;  costs  of  radio,  television,  newspaper  and  other  advertising;
telecommunications expenses,  including the cost of telephones,  telephone lines
and  other  communications  equipment,  incurred  by or for the  Distributor  in
carrying  out its  obligations  under the  Distribution  Agreement.  LMC,  at no
additional cost to the Fund, may pay to Shareholder  Service Agents,  additional
amounts from past profits for administrative services.

                                   TAX MATTERS

    The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated  investment company by satisfying
the  requirements  under  Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"),  including requirements with respect to diversification of
assets, distribution of income and sources of income. It is the Fund's policy to
distribute to  shareholders  all of its investment  income (net of expenses) and
any capital gains (net of capital losses) so that, in addition to satisfying the
distribution  requirement  of  Subchapter  M, the Fund  will not be  subject  to
federal income tax or the 4% excise tax.

    Distributions  by the Fund of its net investment  income and the excess,  if
any, of its net short-term  capital gain over its net long-term capital loss are
taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  These  distributions are treated as
dividends  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  but in any year  only a portion
thereof (which cannot exceed the aggregate  amount of qualifying  dividends from
domestic  corporations received by the Fund during the year) may qualify for the
70% dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.  Because the Fund's
investment  income may include interest and dividends from foreign  corporations
and the Fund may have short-term  capital gains,  less than 100% of the ordinary
income  dividends  paid by the  Fund  may  qualify  for  the  dividends-received
deduction. Distributions by the Fund of the excess, if any, of its net long-term
capital gain over its net short-term capital loss are designated as capital gain
dividends and are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless
of the length of time the shareholder held his shares.

    Distributions to shareholders will be treated in the same manner for federal
income tax purposes whether received in cash or reinvested in additional  shares
of the Fund. In general, distributions by the Fund are taken into account by the
shareholders in the year in which they are made. However,  certain distributions
made during January will be treated as having been paid by the Fund and received
by the  shareholders on December 31 of the preceding  year. A statement  setting
forth the  federal  income tax status of all  distributions  made or deemed made
during  the year  will be sent to  shareholders  promptly  after the end of each
year.  Shareholders  purchasing shares of the Fund just prior to the ex-dividend
date will be taxed on the entire  amount of the dividend  received,  even though
the net asset value per share on the date of such purchase  reflected the amount
of such dividend.

    Any loss  realized  upon a taxable  disposition  of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase will be treated as a long-term  capital loss to
the extent of any  capital  gain  dividends  received on such  shares.  All or a
portion of any loss  realized upon a taxable  disposition  of shares of the Fund
may be  disallowed  if other  shares  of the Fund are  purchased  within 30 days
before or after such disposition.

                                       10
<PAGE>

    Under the back-up withholding rules of the Code, certain shareholders may be
subject to 31% withholding of federal income tax on distributions and redemption
payments  made by the  Fund.  In order  to avoid  this  back-up  withholding,  a
shareholder must provide the Fund with a correct taxpayer  identification number
(which for most  individuals is their Social Security number) or certify that it
is a corporation or otherwise exempt from or not subject to back-up withholding.
The  new  account  application   included  with  this  Prospectus  provides  for
shareholder compliance with these certification requirements.

    The foregoing  discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on tax
laws and regulations in effect on the date of this Prospectus, and is subject to
change by legislative or administrative  action. As the foregoing  discussion is
for general  information only, a prospective  shareholder should also review the
more detailed  discussion of federal income tax  considerations  relevant to the
Fund that is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.  In addition,
each prospective  shareholder  should consult with his own tax adviser as to the
tax consequences of investments in the Fund,  including the application of state
and local  taxes  which may differ  from the  federal  income  tax  consequences
described above.

                  ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

    The Fund is an open-end, diversified management investment company organized
as a corporation  under the laws of the State of Maryland on August 29, 1995 and
has authorized capital of 1,000,000,000  shares of common stock, par value $.001
of which  500,000,000  have been  designated  the Lexington  SmallCap Value Fund
Series.  Each share of common  stock has one vote and shares  equally with other
shares of the same series in dividends and distributions when and if declared by
the Fund and in the Fund's net assets belonging to such series upon liquidation.
All  shares,  when  issued,  are  fully  paid and  nonassessable.  There  are no
preemptive,  conversion or exchange  rights.  Fund shares do not have cumulative
voting  rights  and, as such,  holders of at least 50% of the shares  voting for
Directors can elect all Directors  and the remaining  shareholders  would not be
able to elect any Directors.

    The Company will not normally  hold annual  shareholder  meetings  except as
required by Maryland  General  Corporation Law or the Investment  Company Act of
1940.  However,  meetings  of  shareholders  may be  called  at any  time by the
Secretary upon the written request of shareholders  holding in the aggregate not
less than 25% of the outstanding  shares,  such request  specifying the purposes
for which such meeting is to be called. In addition, the Directors will promptly
call a meeting of  shareholders  for the purpose of voting upon the  question of
removal of any Director when requested to do so in writing by the  recordholders
of not less than 10% of the  Fund's  outstanding  shares.  The Fund will  assist
shareholders in any such communication between shareholders and Directors.

                             PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

    The Fund will  calculate  performance  on a total  return  basis for various
periods.  The total return basis combines  principal and dividend income changes
for the periods shown. Principal changes are based on the difference between the
beginning and closing net asset values for the period and assume reinvestment of
dividends  paid by the Fund.  Dividends  are  comprised of net realized  capital
gains and net investment income.

    Performance will vary from time to time and past results are not necessarily
representative of future results.  It should be remembered that performance is a
function of portfolio  management in selecting the type and quality of portfolio
securities and is affected by operating expenses.

    Comparative  performance  information  may be  used  from  time  to  time in
advertising  or  marketing  of the Fund's  shares,  including  data from  Lipper
Analytical  Services,  Inc.  or  major  market  indices  such as the  Dow  Jones
Industrial  Average Index,  Russell 2000,  Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock
Price Index. Such comparative performance information will be stated in the same
terms in which the comparative data and indices are stated.

             CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

    Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 1211 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York
10036  has  been  retained  to act as the  Custodian  for the  Funds'  portfolio
securities and other assets.  State Street Bank and Trust Company,  225 Franklin
Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02110,  is  the  transfer  agent  and  dividend
disbursing  agent for the Fund.  Neither Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A. nor

                                       11
<PAGE>

State Street Bank and Trust Company have any part in determining  the investment
policies of the Fund or in  determining  which  portfolio  securities  are to be
purchased  or  sold  by  the  Fund  or  in  the  declaration  of  dividends  and
distributions.

                        COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

    Kramer,  Levin,  Naftalis,  Nessen,  Kamin & Frankel,  919 Third Avenue, New
York,  New York 10022 will pass upon legal  matters  for the Fund in  connection
with the shares offered by this Prospectus.

    KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, 345 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10154,  has been
selected  as  independent  auditors  for the Fund  for the  fiscal  year  ending
December 31, 1996.

                                OTHER INFORMATION

    This  prospectus  omits certain  information  contained in the  registration
statement filed with the SEC. Copies of the  registration  statement,  including
items  omitted  herein,  may be  obtained  from the SEC by  paying  the  charges
prescribed  under  its  rules  and  regulations.  The  Statement  of  Additional
Information  included in such  registration  statement  may be obtained  without
charge from the Fund.

    The Code of Ethics adopted by each of the Adviser,  Sub-Adviser and the Fund
prohibits  all  affiliated   personnel  from  engaging  in  personal  investment
activities which compete with or attempt to take advantage of the Fund's planned
portfolio  transactions.  The  objective  of each  Code of  Ethics  is that  the
operations of the Adviser, Sub-Adviser and Fund be carried out for the exclusive
benefit  of  the  Fund's  shareholders.   All  organizations   maintain  careful
monitoring of compliance with the Code of Ethics.

    Additional  portfolios  may be  created  from time to time  with  investment
objectives  and policies  different  from those of the Fund.  In  addition,  the
Directors may, subject to any necessary regulatory  approvals,  create more than
one class of shares in the Fund,  with the classes  being  subject to  different
charges and expenses and having such other different rights as the Directors may
prescribe.

    No  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any  informaton  or to make  any
representation other than those contained in this Prospectus, and information or
representations not herein contained,  if given or made, must not be relied upon
as having been  authorized by the Fund.  This  Prospectus does not constitute an
offer or  solicitation  in any  jurisdiction  in  which  such  offering  may not
lawfully be made.

                                       12
<PAGE>

(Left column)

Investment Adviser
- --------------------------------------------------------
LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663

Sub-Adviser
- --------------------------------------------------------
CAPITAL TECHNOLOGY, INC.
McMullen Creek Office Center
P.O. Box 472428
Charlotte, North Carolina 28247

Distributor
- --------------------------------------------------------
LEXINGTON FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR, INC.
P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663

All shareholder requests for services of any kind should be 
sent to:

Transfer Agent
- --------------------------------------------------------
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST  COMPANY 
c/o National Financial Data Services 
1004 Baltimore
Kansas City, Missouri 64105

or call toll free:
Service: 1-800-526-0056
24 Hour Account Information:1-800-526-0052
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services: 1-800-367-9160

Table of Contents                                   Page
- --------------------------------------------------------
Fee Table............................................  2
Description of the Fund..............................  2
Investment Objective and Policies....................  2
Portfolio Turnover...................................  4
Management of the Fund...............................  4
Portfolio Managers...................................  4
Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser,
  Distributor and Administrator......................  5
How to Purchase Shares...............................  5
How to Redeem Shares.................................  6
Shareholder Services.................................  7
Exchange Privilege...................................  7
Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans.......................  9
Dividend, Distribution and Reinvestment Policy.......  9
Distribution Plan.................................... 10
Tax Matters.......................................... 10
Organization and Description of Common Stock......... 11
Performance Calculation.............................. 11
Custodian, Transfer Agent and
  Dividend Disbursing Agent.......................... 11
Counsel and Independent Auditors..................... 12
Other Information.................................... 12

(Right column)

                                L E X I N G T O N

                                    LEXINGTON
                                    SMALLCAP
                                      VALUE
                                    FUND, INC.

                                  (filled box)

                        (filled box) No sales charge
                        (filled box) No redemption fee
                        (filled box) Free telephone
                                     exchange privilege

                                  (filled box)

                               The Lexington Group
                                       of
                                     No-Load
                              Investment Companies

                              P R O S P E C T U S
                                 JANUARY 2, 1996
                                 ---------------

<PAGE>


                       LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                 JANUARY 2, 1996

    This Statement of Additional Information,  which is not a prospectus, should
be read in conjunction with the current  prospectus of Lexington  SmallCap Value
Fund (the "Fund"),  dated January 2, 1996, and as it may be revised from time to
time. To obtain a copy of the Fund's  prospectus  at no charge,  please write to
the Fund at P.O. Box  1515/Park 80 West - Plaza Two,  Saddle  Brook,  New Jersey
07663 or call the following toll-free numbers:

                   Shareholder Services Information:-1-800-526-0056
                        24 Hour Account Information:-1-800-526-0052
           Institutional/Financial Adviser Services:-1-800-367-9160

Lexington  Management  Corporation  ("LMC")  is the Fund's  Investment  Adviser.
Capital  Technology,  Inc.  ("CTI") is the Fund's  Sub-Adviser.  Lexington Funds
Distributor, Inc. is the Fund's Distributor.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

Investment Objective and Policies............................................  2

Portfolio Turnover...........................................................  3

Management of the Fund.......................................................  3

Investment Restrictions......................................................  4

Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser, Distributor and Administrator...............  6

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions.............................  7

Determination of Net Asset Value.............................................  7

Distribution Plan............................................................  8

Telephone Exchange Provisions................................................  8

Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans...............................................  9

Tax Matters.................................................................. 10

Performance Calculation...................................................... 15

Shareholder Reports.......................................................... 15

                                       1
<PAGE>

                        INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

    Lexington  SmalICap  Value  Fund (the  "Fund") is an  open-end,  diversified
management  investment  company.  The  Fund's  investment  objective  is to seek
long-term  capital  appreciation.  The Fund will seek to achieve its  investment
objective  through  investment  in common  stocks and  equivalents  primarily of
companies  domiciled in the United States with a market  capitalization  of less
than $1 billion which the Sub-Adviser believes offers exceptional relative value
and attractive prices. Production of income is incidental to this objective. The
Fund's  portfolio  will be  invested  primarily  in  equities  listed  on  stock
exchanges or traded in over-the-counter  markets in the U.S. The fund may invest
in Canadian or other  foreign  domiciled  companies  whose  shares trade in U.S.
dollar denominated markets.

    The  Fund  will  seek to  achieve  its  objective  through  investment  in a
diversified  portfolio  of  securities  that will consist of all types of common
stocks and equivalents (the following constitute equivalents: warrants, options,
and convertible debt securities).
There is no  assurance  that the Fund  will be able to  achieve  its  investment
objective.

    Under normal market conditions,  the Fund will invest  substantially all (at
least 90%) of its assets in small  companies  domiciled  in the U.S.  which have
market  capitalization  (based on aggregate market value of outstanding  shares)
between $20 million and $1 billion at the time of  investment.  The remainder of
its assets (no more than 10%) may be invested in  securities  of companies  with
market  capitalizations  below $20  million;  above  $1,000,000,000.;  domiciled
outside the U.S. if its shares trade in U.S. markets in dollar denominations; in
American  Depository  Shares  or  Receipts  ("ADR's"  or  "ADS's"),   closed-end
investment  funds;  real estate  investment trusts ("REIT's") and/or in cash and
equivalent  securities.  The Fund does not intend to invest in securities which,
at the time of purchase,  are not readily  marketable;  in securities of foreign
issuers  denominated in foreign  currencies;  or in futures contracts.  The Fund
will not engage in  short-selling  activities,  leveraging or portfolio  hedging
techniques.

    The Fund's  overall  approach to  investing  in small  capitalization  value
stocks is based on  research  performed  by its  Sub-Adviser  which  shows  that
extremely  undervalued  companies offer potential for high returns over time and
excellent  diversification  versus other domestic equity investment styles. This
strategy may under-emphasize widely followed, institutional favorites and result
in holdings of stocks with little "Wall  Street" or outside  research  coverage.
Advantages of investing in distressed and/or neglected issues based on internal,
fundamental research include:

        * low valuations that offer some downside protection

        * lack of  institutional  ownership  that results in return  streams not
          highly correlated with market indices

        * potential  for upside  surprises  that is increased  as stocks  exceed
          minimal expectations and are "discovered" by other investors

        * low  transaction  costs  based  solely on best  execution  rather than
          research commitments.

    The  companies in which the Fund intends to invest will  generally  have the
following characteristics:

        * a market capitalization of less that $1 billion

        * a high relative ratio of revenue per share to stock price

        * a low relative ratio of price to book value per share

        * a positive cash flow and other measures of financial stability

        * a low stock price relative to historical levels.

    By following these criteria, the Fund intends to select securities which can
have enhanced appreciation prospects and may provide investment returns superior
to the  market  as a whole.  However,  the  market  value  of  these  companies'
securities  tends to be volatile and in the past offered  greater  potential for
gain as well as loss than securities of larger capitalization companies.

    Special Considerations. An investor should be aware that investment in small
capitalization  issuers carry more risk than issuers with market  capitalization
greater than $1 billion.  Generally,  small  companies  rely on limited  product
lines,  financial  resources,  and business  activities  that may make them more
susceptible to setbacks or downturns.  In addition,  the stock of such companies
may be more thinly traded. Accordingly,  the performance of small capitalization
issuers may be more volatile.

    Investments by the Fund of up to 10% of its total assets in the common stock
of  foreign  companies  which are  traded in the  United  States or in ADR's may
involve  considerations and risks that are different in certain respects from an
investment  in securities  of U.S.  companies.  Such risks include the effect of
currency fluctuations on the value of Fund shares, the imposition of withholding
taxes on  interest  or  dividends,  possible  adoption  of foreign  governmental
restrictions on repatriation of income or capital  investment,  or other adverse
political or economic  developments.  

                                       2
<PAGE>

Additionally,  it may be more  difficult  to  enforce  the  rights of a security
holder  against a foreign  company.  There may be delays in settling  securities
transactions in certain foreign markets and information  about the operations of
foreign companies may be more difficult to obtain and evaluate.

    With  respect  to the  Fund's  investment  in debt  securities,  there is no
requirement  that all such  securities be rated by a recognized  rating  agency.
However,  it is the  policy of the Fund  that  investments  in debt  securities,
whether  rated or unrated,  will be made only if they are, in the opinion of the
Sub-Adviser, of equivalent quality to "investment grade" securities. "Investment
grade"  securities  are those rated  within the four highest  quality  grades as
determined by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's") or Standard & Poor's
Corporation  ("Standard & Poor's").  Securities  rated Aaa by Moody's and AAA by
Standard & Poor's are judged to be of the best  quality  and carry the  smallest
degree of risk.  Securities  rated Baa by Moody's  and BBB by  Standard & Poor's
lack high quality  investment  characteristics  and, in fact,  have  speculative
characteristics as well. Debt securities are interest-rate sensitive;  therefore
their value will tend to decrease  when  interest  rates rise and increase  when
interest rates fall. Such increase or decrease in the value of longer-term  debt
instruments  as a result of  interest  rate  movement  will be  larger  than the
increase or decrease in the value of shorter-term debt instruments.

                               PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

    Although  the Fund does not  generally  intend to invest for the  purpose of
seeking  short-term  profits,   the  Fund's  investments  may  be  changed  when
circumstances  warrant,  without  regard  to the  length  of  time a  particular
security  has been  held.  It is  expected  that the Fund  will  have an  annual
portfolio  turnover  rate that will  generally  not exceed 100%. A 100% turnover
rate would occur if all the Fund's  portfolio  investments  were sold and either
repurchased  or  replaced  within a year.  A high  turnover  rate (100% or more)
results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional
expenses which are borne by the Fund. High portfolio  turnover may result in the
realization of net short-term  capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed
to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. See "Tax Matters."

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

    The  Directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Fund and  their  principal
occupations are set forth below:

*(d)ROBERT M. DEMICHELE,  President and Director.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook,
        N.J. 07663.  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,  Lexington Management
        Corporation;  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  Lexington  Funds
        Distributor,  Inc.; President and Director,  Piedmont Management Company
        Inc.; Director,  Reinsurance  Corporation of New York; Director,  Unione
        Italiana  Reinsurance;  Vice  Chairman of the Board of  Trustees,  Union
        College;  Director,  Continental  National  Corporation;  Director,  The
        Navigator's Group, Inc.; Chairman,  Lexington Capital Management,  Inc.;
        Chairman,  LCM Financial  Services,  Inc.;  Director,  Vanguard Cellular
        Systems Inc.; Chairman of the Board,  Market Systems Research,  Inc. and
        Market Systems Research Advisors, Inc. (registered investment advisers):
        Trustee, Smith Richardson Foundation.

(d)BEVERLEY C. DUER,  Director,  340 East 72nd  Street,  New York,  N.Y.  10021.
        Private   Investor.    Formerly,    Manager   of   Operations   Research
        Department-CPC International, Inc.

*(d)BARBARA R. EVANS,  Director,  5 Fernwood Road, Summit,  N.J. 07901.  Private
        Investor.  Prior to May,  1989,  Assistant Vice President and Securities
        Analyst,  Lexington  Management  Corporation;  prior to March 1987, Vice
        President-Institutional   Equity  Sales,  L.F.  Rothschild,   Unterberg,
        Towbin.

*(d)LAWRENCE KANTOR,  Vice President and Director.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook,
        N.J. 07663. Managing Director,  General Manager and Director,  Lexington
        Management Corporation; Executive Vice President and Director, Lexington
        Funds Distributor, Inc. (d)DONALD B. MILLER, Director. 10725 Quail Covey
        Road, Boynton Beach, FL 33436.  Chairman,  Horizon Media, Inc.; Trustee,
        Galaxy Funds; Director,  Maguire Group of Connecticut;  prior to January
        1989,  President,  Director and C.E.O., Media General Broadcast Services
        (advertising firm).

(d)FRANCIS  OLMSTED,  Director.  50 Van Hooten  Court,  San  Anselmo,  CA 94960.
        Private Investor. Formerly,  Manager-Commercial Development (West Coast)
        Essex   Chemical    Corporation,    Clifton,    New   Jersey   (chemical
        manufacturers).   (d)JOHN  G.  PRESTON,   Director.  3  Woodfield  Road,
        Wellesley,  Massachusetts 02181. Associate Professor of Finance,  Boston
        College, Boston, Massachusetts.

(d)MARGARET W. RUSSELL.  Director.  55 North Mountain  Avenue,  Montclair,  N.J.
        07042.  Private Investor.  Formerly,  Community Affairs Director,  Union
        Camp Corporation.

(d)PHILIP C. SMITH,  Director.  87 Lord's Highway,  Weston,  Connecticut  06883.
        Private  Investor;  Director,  Southwest  Investors  Income Fund,  Inc.,
        Government  Income Fund,  Inc.,  U.S Trend Fund,  Inc.,  Investors  Cash
        Reserve and Plimony Fund, Inc.

                                       3
<PAGE>

(d)FRANCIS A. SUNDERLAND,  Director. 309 Quito Place, Castle Pines, Castle Rock,
        Colorado 80104. Private Investor.

*ROBB   W. ROWE,  CFA, Vice  President and Portfolio  Manager.  P.O. Box 472428,
        Charlotte, N.C. 28247. President, Capital Technology, Inc.

*DENNIS J. HAMILTON, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager. P.O. Box 472428,
        Charlotte, N.C. 28247. Vice President, Capital Technology, Inc. Prior to
                    , Principal, William M. Mercer Asset Planning, Inc.

*(d)LISACURCIO, Vice President and Secretary.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
        07663.  Senior  Vice  President  and  Secretary,   Lexington  Management
        Corporation; Vice President and Secretary,  Lexington Funds Distributor,
        Inc.

*(d)RICHARD M. HISEY, CFA, Vice President and Treasurer.  P. O. Box 1515, Saddle
        Brook,  N.J.  07663.  Managing  Director,  Director and Chief  Financial
        Officer, Lexington Management Corporation; Chief Financial Officer, Vice
        President  and  Director,  Lexington  Funds  Distributor,   Inc.;  Chief
        Financial Officer, Market Systems Research Advisors, Inc.

*(d)RICHARD LAVERY, CLU ChFC, Vice President.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
        07663. Senior Vice President,  Lexington  Management  Corporation;  Vice
        President, Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.

*(d)JANICE CARNICELLI, Vice President. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.

*(d)CHRISTIE CARR,  Assistant Treasurer P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
        Prior to October 1992, Senior Accountant. KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

*(d)SIOBHAN GILFILLAN,  Assistant  Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
        07663.

*(d)THOMAS LUEHS, Assistant Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
        Prior to November 1993,  Supervisor of Investment  Accounting,  Alliance
        Capital Management.

*(d)SHERI MOSCA,  Assistant Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
        Prior to September  1990, Fund  Accounting  Manager,  Lexington Group of
        Investment Companies.

*(d)ANDREW PETRUSKI,  Assistant  Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, 07663.
        Prior to May 1994,  Supervising Senior  Accountant,  NY Life Securities.
        Prior to December 1990, Senior Accountant Dreyfus Corporation.

*(d)PETER CORNIOTES,  Assistant  Secretary.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook,  N.J.
        07663. Assistant Secretary, Lexington Management Corporation.  Assistant
        Secretary, Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.

*(d)ENRIQUE J. FAUST,  Assistant  Secretary.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook, N.J.
        07663. Prior to March 1994, Blue Sky Compliance  Coordinator,  Lexington
        Management Corporation.

  *"Interested person" and/or "Affiliated person" of LMC or CT as defined in the
   Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(d)Messrs.  Corniotes,  DeMichele,  Duer, Faust, Hisey, Kantor,  Lavery,  Luehs,
   Miller,   Olmsted,   Petruski,   Preston,  Smith  and  Sunderland  and  Mmes.
   Carnicelli,  Carr, Curcio, Evans,  Gilfillan,  Mosca and Russell hold similar
   offices with some or all of the other  investment  companies  advised  and/or
   distributed by LMC and LFD.

    Directors not employed by the Fund or its  affiliates  receive an annual fee
of $800  and a fee of $160 for  each  meeting  attended  plus  reimbursement  of
expenses for attendance at regular meetings.  The Board does not have any audit,
nominating or compensation committees.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

    The Fund's investment  objective,  as described under "Investment  Objective
and  Policies"  and  the  following  investment   restrictions  are  matters  of
fundamental  policy which may not be changed without the affirmative vote of the
lesser of (a) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund  present at a  shareholders'
meeting  at which  more  than  50% of the  outstanding  shares  are  present  or
represented by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. Under these
investment restrictions:

    (1) the Fund will not issue any  senior  security  (as  defined  in the 1940
        Act),  except that (a) the Fund may enter into  commitments  to purchase
        securities in accordance with the Fund's investment  program,  including
        reverse  repurchase  agreements,  foreign  exchange  contracts,  delayed
        delivery  and  when-issued  securities,  which  may  be  considered  the
        issuance of senior  securities;  (b) the Fund may engage in transactions
        that may  result in the  issuance  of a senior  security  to the  extent
        permitted under applicable  regulations,  interpretation of the 1940 Act
        or an  exemptive  order;  (c) the Fund  may  engage  in  short  sales of
        securities to the extent  permitted in its investment  program and other
        restrictions;  (d) the purchase or sale of futures contracts and related
        options  shall not be  considered  to  involve  the  issuance  of senior
        securities;  and (e) subject to fundamental  restrictions,  the Fund may
        borrow money as authorized by the 1940 Act.

    (2) The Fund will not borrow money,  except that (a) the Fund may enter into
        certain futures contracts and options related thereto;  (b) the Fund may
        enter into  commitments  to purchase  securities in accordance  with the
        Fund's  investment  program,  including delayed delivery and when-issued
        securities  and  reverse  repurchase   agreements;   (c)  for  temporary
        emergency  purposes,  the Fund may borrow money in amounts not exceeding
        5% of

                                       4
<PAGE>

        the value of its total assets at the time when the loan is made; (d) The
        Fund may pledge its portfolio  securities or  receivables or transfer or
        assign or otherwise  encumber them in an amount not exceeding  one-third
        of the value of its total  assets;  and (e) for purposes of  leveraging,
        the Fund may borrow money from banks  (including  its  custodian  bank),
        only if,  immediately  after  such  borrowing,  the value of the  Fund's
        assets, including the amount borrowed, less its liabilities, is equal to
        at least 300% of the amount borrowed,  plus all outstanding  borrowings.
        If at any time,  the value of the Fund's  assets  fails to meet the 300%
        asset coverage requirement  relative only to leveraging,  the Fund will,
        within  three days (not  including  Sundays  and  holidays),  reduce its
        borrowings to the extent necessary to meet the 300% test.

    (3) The Fund  will not act as an  underwriter  of  securities  except to the
        extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio  securities
        by the  Fund,  the Fund may be  deemed  to be an  underwriter  under the
        provisions of the 1933 Act.

    (4) The Fund will not purchase real estate, interests in real estate or real
        estate  limited  partnership   interests  except  that,  to  the  extent
        appropriate  under  its  investment  program,  the  Fund may  invest  in
        securities  secured  by real  estate or  interests  therein or issued by
        companies,  including real estate investment trusts,  which deal in real
        estate or interests therein.

    (5) The Fund will not make loans,  except  that,  to the extent  appropriate
        under  its  investment  program,   the  Fund  may  (a)  purchase  bonds,
        debentures or other debt securities,  including short-term  obligations,
        (b) enter into repurchase transactions and (c) lend portfolio securities
        provided  that  the  value of such  loaned  securities  does not  exceed
        one-third of the Fund's total assets.

    (6) The Fund will not invest in  commodity  contracts,  except that the Fund
        may, to the extent  appropriate under its investment  program,  purchase
        securities  of  companies  engaged  in such  activities,  may enter into
        transactions  in  financial  and index  futures  contracts  and  related
        options,  may  engage  in  transactions  on  a  when-issued  or  forward
        commitment basis, and may enter into forward currency contracts.

    (7) The Fund  will not  concentrate  its  investments  in any one  industry,
        except  that  the Fund  may  invest  up to 25% of its  total  assets  in
        securities issued by companies  principally engaged in any one industry.
        The Fund  considers  foreign  government  securities  and  supranational
        organizations to be industries. This limitation, however, will not apply
        to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government,  its agencies
        and instrumentalities.

    (8) The Fund will not purchase  securities of an issuer, if (a) more than 5%
        of the Fund's  total  assets  taken at market value would at the time be
        invested in the securities of such issuer,  except that such restriction
        shall not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the United States
        government or its agencies or instrumentalities  or, with respect to 25%
        of the Fund's total assets,  to  securities  issued or guaranteed by the
        government of any country other than the United States which is a member
        of the Organization for Economic  Cooperation and Development  ("OECD").
        The  member  countries  of  OECD  are at  present:  Australia,  Austria,
        Belgium,  Canada, Denmark,  Germany,  Finland,  France, Greece, Iceland,
        Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway,
        Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the
        United States;  or (b) such  purchases  would at the time result in more
        than 10% of the outstanding  voting securities of such issuer being held
        by the Fund .

In  addition  to the  above  fundamental  restrictions,  the Fund has
undertaken the following non-fundamental  restrictions,  which may be changed in
the future by the Board of Directors,  without a vote of the shareholders of the
Fund:

    (1) The Fund will not participate on a joint or  joint-and-several  basis in
        any securities trading account. The "bunching" of orders for the sale or
        purchase of marketable  portfolio  securities  with other accounts under
        the  management  of  the  investment  adviser  or  sub-adviser  to  save
        commissions or to average prices among them is not deemed to result in a
        securities trading account.

    (2) The Fund may  purchase and sell futures  contracts  and related  options
        under the following conditions:  (a) the then-current  aggregate futures
        market  prices of financial  instruments  required to be  delivered  and
        purchased  under  open  futures  contracts  shall not  exceed 30% of the
        Fund's total  assets,  at market  value;  and (b) no more than 5% of the
        assets,  at market value at the time of entering into a contract,  shall
        be committed to margin deposits in relation to futures contracts.

    (3) The Fund will not make short sales of securities, other than short sales
        "against  the  box,"  or  purchase   securities  on  margin  except  for
        short-term  credits  necessary for clearance of portfolio  transactions,
        provided that this  restriction  will not be applied to limit the use of
        options,  futures contracts and related options, in the manner otherwise
        permitted  by  the  investment  restrictions,  policies  and  investment
        programs of the Fund.

                                       5
<PAGE>

    (4) The Fund will not  purchase  securities  of an  issuer if to the  Fund's
        knowledge,  one or more of the  Directors or officers of the Fund or LMC
        individually   owns   beneficially  more  than  0.5%  and  together  own
        beneficially  more than 5% of the securities of such issuer nor will the
        Fund hold the securities of such issuer.

    (5) The Fund  will not  purchase  the  securities  of any  other  investment
        company, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.

    (6) The Fund will not,  except for investments  which, in the aggregate,  do
        not exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets taken at market value, purchase
        securities  unless the issuer thereof or any company on whose credit the
        purchase  was  based  has a record of at least  three  years  continuous
        operations prior to the purchase.

    (7) The Fund will not invest for the purpose of  exercising  control over or
        management of any company.

    (8) The  Fund  will  not  purchase  warrants  except  in  units  with  other
        securities in original issuance thereof or attached to other securities,
        if at the time of the  purchase,  the  Fund's  investment  in  warrants,
        valued at the lower of cost or  market,  would  exceed 5% of the  Fund's
        total  assets.  Warrants  which  are  not  listed  on  a  United  States
        securities  exchange  shall not exceed 2% of the Fund's net assets.  For
        these purposes,  warrants attached to units or other securities shall be
        deemed to be without value.

    (9) The Fund will not invest  more than 15% of its total  assets in illiquid
        securities.  Illiquid  securities  are  securities  that are not readily
        marketable  or cannot be disposed of promptly  within  seven days and in
        the usual course of business without taking a materially  reduced price.
        Such  securities  include,  but are not limited to,  time  deposits  and
        repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days. Securities
        that may be resold  under Rule 144A or  securities  offered  pursuant to
        Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  shall not be
        deemed illiquid solely by reason of being  unregistered.  The Investment
        Adviser shall  determine  whether a particular  security is deemed to be
        liquid based on the trading markets for the specific  security and other
        factors.

   (10 The Fund will not purchase  interests  in oil,  gas,  mineral  leases or
        other exploration  programs;  however, this policy will not prohibit the
        acquisition  of  securities  of companies  engaged in the  production or
        transmission of oil, gas or other materials.

    The  percentage  restrictions  referred to above are to be adhered to at the
time of investment  and are not  applicable  to a later  increase or decrease in
percentage  beyond the specified  limit  resulting  from change in values or net
assets.

         INVESTMENT ADVISER, SUB-ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR AND ADMINISTRATOR

    Lexington Management  Corporation ("LMC"),  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, New
Jersey 07663 is the  investment  adviser to the Fund  pursuant to an  Investment
Management  Agreement  dated  September 14, 1995,  (the  "Advisory  Agreement").
Lexington  Funds  Distributor,  Inc.  ("LFD") is the  distributor of Fund shares
pursuant to a  Distribution  Agreement  dated May 16, 1995,  (the  "Distribution
Agreement").   LMC  has  entered  into  a  Sub-Advisory  contract  with  Capital
Technology,  Inc. under which CTI will provide the Fund with  investment  advice
and management of the Fund's investment  program.  LMC makes  recommendations to
the  Fund  with  respect  to its  investments  and  investment  policies.  These
agreements were approved by the Fund's Board of Directors  (including a majority
of the  Directors  who  were not  parties  to  either  the  Advisory  Agreement,
Sub-Advisory  Agreement or the Distribution Agreement or "interested persons" of
any such party) on September 14, 1995.

    LMC  also  acts  as   administrator   to  the  Fund  and  performs   certain
administrative   and  accounting   services,   including  but  not  limited  to,
maintaining  general  ledger  accounts,  regulatory  compliance,  preparation of
financial information for semiannual and annual reports,  preparing registration
statements,   calculating  net  asset  values,  shareholder  communications  and
supervision  of the custodian,  transfer agent and provides  facilities for such
services.  The Fund shall  reimburse  LMC for its actual cost in providing  such
services, facilities and expenses.

    LMC's  investment  advisory  fee will be reduced  for any fiscal year by any
amount  necessary to prevent Fund expenses from  exceeding the most  restrictive
expense  limitations  imposed by the  securities  laws or  regulations  of those
states or  jurisdictions  in which the Fund's shares are registered or qualified
for sale.  Currently,  the most  restrictive  of such expense  limitation  would
require LMC to reduce its fee so that  ordinary  expenses  (excluding  interest,
taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary  expenses) for any fiscal year do
not exceed 2.5% of the first $30 million of the Fund's average daily net assets,
plus 2.0% of the next $70  million,  plus 1.5% of the Fund's  average  daily net
assets in 

                                       6
<PAGE>

excess of $100 million.  LMC has agreed to voluntarily  limit the total expenses
of the Fund (excluding interest,  taxes,  brokerage,  and extraordinary expenses
but including the  management  fee and operating  expenses) to an annual rate of
1.75% of the Fund's average net assets through April 30, 1996 or such later date
to be determined by LMC. LFD pays the advertising and sales expenses  related to
the  continuous  offering  of  Fund  shares,  including  the  cost  of  printing
prospectuses,  proxies and  shareholder  reports for persons other than existing
shareholders.  The Fund  furnishes  LFD, at printer's  overrun cost paid by LFD,
such copies of its  prospectus  and annual,  semi-annual  and other  reports and
shareholder communications as may reasonably be required for sales purposes.

    The Advisory Agreement,  Sub-Advisory Agreement,  the Distribution Agreement
and the Administrative  Services Agreement are subject to annual approval by the
Fund's  Board of  Directors  and by the  affirmative  vote,  cast in person at a
meeting  called for such  purpose,  of a majority of the  Directors  who are not
parties  either  to  the  Advisory  Agreement,  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  of  the
Distribution  Agreement, as the case may be, or "interested persons" of any such
party.  Either the Fund or LMC may terminate the Advisory Agreement and the Fund
or LFD may  terminate  the  Distribution  Agreement on 60 days'  written  notice
without penalty. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of
assignment,  as defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940. As  compensation
for its services,  the Fund pays LMC a monthly management fee at the annual rate
of 1.00% of the average  daily net assets.  This fee is higher than that paid by
most other investment companies. However, it is not necessarily greater than the
management  fee of other  investment  companies  with  objectives  and  policies
similar to this Fund.  LMC will pay CTI an annual  sub-advisory  fee of 0.50% of
the Fund's average daily net assets.  The  sub-advisory fee will be paid by LMC,
not the Fund.  See  "Investment  Adviser and  Distributor"  in the  Statement of
Additional Information.

    LMC as owner of the registered  service mark  "Lexington" will sublicense to
the Fund to include the word  "Lexington"  as part of its corporate name subject
to  revocation  by LMC in the event  that the Fund  ceases to engage  LMC or its
affiliate as investment  adviser or distributor.  In that event the Fund will be
required  upon  demand of LMC to change its name to delete the word  "Lexington"
therefrom.

    LMC  shall  not be  liable  to the Fund or its  shareholders  for any act or
omission by LMC, its officers,  directors or employees or any loss  sustained by
the Fund or its  shareholders  except in the case of  willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty.

    LMC and LFD are wholly owned  subsidiaries  of Piedmont  Management  Company
Inc., a publicly traded corporation.  Descendants of Lunsford  Richardson,  Sr.,
their spouses,  trusts and other related entities have a majority voting control
of outstanding shares of Piedmont Management Company Inc.

    CTI was  founded  in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina  in 1977 and has  invested
exclusively in domestic smaller  capitalization stocks since then. CTI currently
manages  assets  both small and mid cap growth  and value  styles for  primarily
institutional clients.

    Of the directors,  officers or employees ("affiliated persons") of the Fund,
Messrs. Corniotes,  DeMichele, Faust, Hisey, Kantor, Lavery, Luehs, and Petruski
and Mmes. Carnicelli,  Carr, Curcio, Gilfillan and Mosca (see "Management of the
Fund"),  may  also  be  deemed  affiliates  of LMC and LFD by  virtue  of  being
officers, directors or employees thereof.

                PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

    The Fund's primary policy is to execute all purchases and sales of portfolio
instruments  at the  most  favorable  prices  consistent  with  best  execution,
considering all of the costs of the transaction including brokerage commissions.
This policy governs the selection of brokers and dealers and the market in which
a  transaction  is  executed.  Consistent  with this  policy,  the Rules of Fair
Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and such other
policies as the  Directors  may  determine,  LMC and CTI may  consider  sales of
shares of the Fund and of the other Lexington Funds as a factor in the selection
of broker-dealers to execute the Fund's portfolio transactions.

    The research  that is used for  security  selection  is 100%  internal.  CTI
evaluates publicly available data and generates original research.  CTI believes
that by generating original research, CTI can maintain its objectivity and avoid
the tendency to move in tandem with the  prevailing  sentiment of the investment
community.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

    The Fund calculates net asset value as of the close of normal trading on the
New York Stock Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time,  unless  weather,
equipment  failure or other factors  contribute to an earlier closing time) each
business day. It is expected that the New York Stock  Exchange will be closed on
Saturdays  and Sundays  and on New Year's Day,  President's  Day,  Good  Friday,
Memorial Day,  Independence Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
See the Prospectus for the further discussion of net asset value.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                DISTRIBUTION PLAN

    The Fund has adopted a  Distribution  Plan (the "Plan") in  accordance  with
Rule 12b-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  which  provides that the
Fund may pay  distribution  fees including  payments to the  Distributor,  at an
annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of its average daily net assets for distribution
services.

    Distribution  payments will be made as follows:  The Fund either directly or
through the Adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to
any  broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  and a  member  in good  standing  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. and who has entered into a Selected Dealer  Agreement
with  the  Distributor,  (ii) to  other  persons  or  organizations  ("Servicing
Agents") who have entered into  shareholder  processing  and service  agreements
with the Adviser or with the  Distributor,  with respect to Fund shares owned by
shareholders  for which  such  Broker is the  dealer or holder of record or such
servicing agent has a servicing  relationship,  or (iii) for expenses associated
with  distribution  of Fund  shares,  including  the  compensation  of the sales
personnel of the Distributor;  payments of no more than an effective annual rate
of 0.25%,  or such lesser  amounts as the  Distributor  determines  appropriate.
Payments may also be made for any advertising and promotional  expenses relating
to  selling  efforts,  including  but not  limited to the  incremental  costs of
printing prospectuses,  statements of additional information, annual reports and
other periodic  reports for  distribution to persons who are not shareholders of
the Fund; the costs of preparing and distributing any other  supplemental  sales
literature;  costs  of  radio,  television,  newspaper  and  other  advertising;
telecommunications expenses,  including the cost of telephones,  telephone lines
and  other  communications  equipment,  incurred  by or for the  Distributor  in
carrying out its obligations under the Distribution Agreement.

    Quarterly,  in each year  that  this Plan  remains  in  effect,  the  Fund's
Treasurer  shall  prepare  and  furnish to the  Directors  of the Fund a written
report, complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1, setting forth the amounts
expended  by the Fund under the Plan and  purposes  for which such  expenditures
were made.

    The Plan shall  become  effective  upon  approval  of the Plan,  the form of
Selected Dealer Agreement and the form of Shareholder Service Agreement,  by the
majority votes of both (a) the Fund's Directors and the Qualified  Directors (as
defined below),  cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
the Plan and (b) the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund, as defined in
Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act.

    The Plan shall remain in effect for one year from its adoption  date and may
be continued  thereafter if this Plan and all related agreements are approved at
least  annually by a majority  vote of the  Directors  of the Fund,  including a
majority of the Qualified  Directors  cast in person at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on such Plan and  agreements.  This Plan may not be amended in
order to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution  assistance
without  shareholder  approval.  All  material  amendments  to this Plan must be
approved by a vote of the Directors of the Fund, and of the Qualified  Directors
(as hereinafter defined),  cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of
voting thereon.

    The Plan may be  terminated  at any time by a majority vote of the Directors
who are not interested  persons (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act)
of the Fund and have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation
of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (the "Qualified Directors")
or by vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund, as
defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act.

    While this Plan shall be in effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of the
"non-interested"  Directors of the Fund shall be committed to the  discretion of
the Qualified Directors then in office.

                          TELEPHONE EXCHANGE PROVISIONS

    Exchange  instructions  may be given in writing or by  telephone.  Telephone
exchanges may only be made if a Telephone Authorization form has been previously
executed and filed with LFD.  Telephone  exchanges  are  permitted  only after a
minimum of seven (7) days have  elapsed  from the date of a  previous  exchange.
Exchanges  may not be made  until all  checks in  payment  for the  shares to be
exchanged have been cleared.

    Telephonic exchanges can only involve shares held on deposit at State Street
Bank and Trust Company (the  "Agent");  shares held in  certificate  form by the
shareholder  cannot  be  included.  However,  outstanding  certificates  can  be
returned  to  the  Agent  and  qualify  for  these  services.  Any  new  account
established with the same  registration will also have the privilege of exchange
by  telephone in the  Lexington  Funds.  All  accounts  involved in a telephonic
exchange must have the same registration and dividend option as the account from
which the shares were  transferred  and will also have the privilege of exchange
by telephone in the Lexington Funds in which these services are available.

    By checking  the box on the New Account  Application  authorizing  telephone
exchange services,  a shareholder  constitutes and appoints LFD,  distributor of
the  Lexington  Group  of  Mutual  Funds,  as the true and  lawful  attorney  to
surrender for redemption or exchange any and all non-certificate  shares held by
the Agent in account(s)  designated,  or 

                                       8
<PAGE>

in any other account with the Lexington  Funds,  present or future which has the
identical  registration,  with  full  power  of  substitution  in the  premises,
authorizes  and  directs  LFD to act upon any  instruction  from any  person  by
telephone  for  exchange  of shares held in any of these  accounts,  to purchase
shares of any other Lexington Fund that is available,  provided the registration
and  mailing  address  of  the  shares  to be  purchased  are  identical  to the
registration  of the shares  being  redeemed,  and agrees that  neither LFD, the
Agent,  or the Fund(s) will be liable for any loss,  expense or cost arising out
of any  requests  effected in  accordance  with this  authorization  which would
include requests effected by impostors or persons otherwise  unauthorized to act
on behalf of the  account.  LFD  reserves  the right to cease to act as attorney
subject to the above  appointment  upon thirty (30) days  written  notice to the
address of record.  If the  shareholder  is an entity other than an  individual,
such entity may be  required  to certify  that  certain  persons  have been duly
elected  and are now  legally  holding  the  titles  given  and  that  the  said
corporation,  trust,  unincorporated  association,  etc. is duly  organized  and
existing  and has  the  power  to  take  action  called  for by this  continuing
authorization.

    Exchange   Authorizations   forms,   Telephone   Authorization   forms   and
prospectuses of the other funds may be obtained from LFD.

    LFD has made  arrangements  with certain  dealers to accept  instructions by
telephone to exchange shares of the Fund or shares of one of the other Lexington
Funds at net asset value as described  above.  Under this procedure,  the dealer
must agree to indemnify LFD and the funds from any loss or liability that any of
them  might  incur as a result  of the  acceptance  of such  telephone  exchange
orders. A properly signed Exchange  Authorization must be received by LFD within
5 days of the exchange  request.  LFD reserves the right to reject any telephone
exchange request.  In each such exchange,  the registration of the shares of the
Fund being acquired must be identical to the  registration  of the shares of the
Fund being exchanged. Any telephone exchange orders so rejected may be processed
by mail.

    This  exchange  offer is  available  only in states where shares of the Fund
being acquired may legally be sold and may be modified or terminated at any time
by the  Fund.  Broker-dealers  who  process  exchange  orders on behalf of their
customers may charge a fee for their services. Such fee may be avoided by making
requests for exchange directly to the Fund or Agent.

                         TAX-SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

    The Fund makes  available a variety of Prototype  Pension and Profit Sharing
plans  including a 401(k) Plan and a 403(b)(7} Plan. Plan services are available
by  contacting  the  Shareholder  Services  Department  of  the  Distributor  at
1-800-526-0056.

    INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT ACCOUNT ("IRA"):  Individuals may make tax deductible
contributions  to their own Individual  Retirement  Accounts  established  under
Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code").  Married investors filing
a joint return neither of whom is an active participant in an employer sponsored
retirement  plan,  or who have an  adjusted  gross  income  of  $40,000  or less
($25,000 or less for single taxpayers) may continue to make a $2,000 ($2,500 for
spousal IRAs) annual  deductible  IRA  contribution.  For adjusted gross incomes
above  $40,000  ($25,000  for  single  taxpayers,  the IRA  deduction  limit  is
generally  phased out ratably  over the next $10,000 of adjusted  gross  income,
subject to a minimum $200 deductible contribution. Investors who are not able to
deduct  a  full  $2,000  ($2,250  spousal)  IRA  contribution   because  of  the
limitations may make a  nondeductible  contribution to their IRA to the extent a
deductible  contribution  is not allowed.  Federal  income tax on  accumulations
earned on  nondeductible  contributions  is  deferred  until  such time as these
amounts are deemed  distributed  to an investor.  Rollovers  are also  permitted
under the Plan.  The  disclosure  statement  required  by the  Internal  Revenue
Service ("IRS") is provided by the Fund.

    The minimum initial  investment to establish a  tax-sheltered  plan is $250.
Subsequent investments are subject to a minimum of $50 for each account.

    SELF-EMPLOYED  RETIREMENT PLAN (HR-10):  Self-employed  individuals may make
tax deductible contributions to a prototype defined contribution pension plan or
profit sharing plan. There are,  however,  a number of special rules which apply
when  self-employed  individuals  participate in such plans.  Currently purchase
payments under a  self-employed  plan are  deductible  only to the extent of the
lesser of (i) $30,000 or (ii) 25% of the  individuals  earned  annual income (as
defined in the Code) and in applying these limitations not more than $200,000 of
"earned income" may be taken into account.

    CORPORATE  PENSION  AND PROFIT  SHARING  PLANS:  The Fund makes  available a
Prototype Defined Contribution Pension Plan and a Prototype Profit Sharing Plan.

    All  purchases  and  redemptions  of Fund shares  pursuant to any one of the
Fund's tax sheltered plans must be carried out in accordance with the provisions
of the Plan. Accordingly, all plan documents should be reviewed carefully before
adopting or  enrolling  in the Plan.  Investors  should  especially  note that a
penalty  tax of 10%  may  be  imposed  by the  IRS 

                                       9
<PAGE>

on early withdrawals  under corporate,  Keogh or IRA plans. It is recommended by
the IRS that an investor  consult a tax  adviser  before  investing  in the Fund
through any of these plans.

    An  investor  participating  in any  of  the  Fund's  special  plans  has no
obligation to continue to invest in the Fund and may terminate the Plan with the
Fund at any time.  Except for  expenses of sales and  promotion,  executive  and
administrative  personnel,  and certain services which are furnished by LMC, the
cost of the plans generally is borne by the Fund; however, each IRA Plan account
is subject to an annual maintenance fee of $12.00 charged by the Agent.

                                   TAX MATTERS

    The  following is only a summary of certain  additional  tax  considerations
generally  affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the
Prospectus.  No attempt is made to  present a  detailed  explanation  of the tax
treatment of the Fund or its  shareholders,  and the discussions here and in the
Prospectus   are  not  intended  as   substitutes   for  careful  tax  planning.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

    The Fund has elected to be taxed as a  regulated  investment  company  under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). As a
regulated  investment company,  the Fund is not subject to federal income tax on
the portion of its net investment income (i.e., taxable interest,  dividends and
other  taxable  ordinary  income,  net of expenses)  and capital gain net income
(i.e.,  the excess of capital gains over capital  losses) that it distributes to
shareholders,  provided  that it  distributes  at  least  90% of its  investment
company  taxable  income  (i.e.,  net  investment  income  and the excess of net
short-term  capital gain over net  long-term  capital loss) for the taxable year
(the  "Distribution  Requirement"),  and satisfies certain other requirements of
the Code that are  described  below.  Distributions  by the Fund made during the
taxable year or, under specified  circumstances,  within twelve months after the
close of the taxable year, will be considered  distributions of income and gains
of the taxable year and can therefore satisfy the Distribution Requirement.

    In  addition  to  satisfying  the  Distribution  Requirement,   a  regulated
investment  company  must:  (1)  derive at least 90% of its  gross  income  from
dividends,  interest,  certain payments with respect to securities loans,  gains
from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign  currencies
(to the  extent  such  currency  gains are  directly  related  to the  regulated
investment company's principal business of investing in stock or securities) and
other  income  (including  but not  limited  to gains from  options,  futures or
forward  contracts)  derived  with  respect to its business of investing in such
stock,  securities or currencies the "Income Requirement");  and (2) derive less
than 30% of its gross income  (exclusive of certain gains on designated  hedging
transactions  that are offset by realized  or  unrealized  losses on  offsetting
positions)  from the sale or other  disposition of stock,  securities or foreign
currencies (or options, futures or forward contracts thereon) held for less than
three months the  "Short-Short  Gain Test").  However,  foreign  currency gains,
including  those  derived from options,  futures and  forwards,  will not in any
event be  characterized  as Short-Short Gain if they are directly related to the
regulated investment company's investments in stock or securities (or options or
futures  thereon).  Because of the  Short-Short  Gain Test, the Fund may have to
limit the sale of  appreciated  securities  that it has held for less than three
months.  However,  the  Short-Short  Gain  Test will not  prevent  the Fund from
disposing of investments at a loss,  since the  recognition of a loss before the
expiration of the  three-month  holding period is disregarded  for this purpose.
Interest (including original issue discount) received by the Fund at maturity or
upon the  disposition  of a security held for less than three months will not be
treated  as gross  income  derived  from the sale or other  disposition  of such
security within the meaning of the Short-Short Gain Test.  However,  income that
is attributable to realized market  appreciation will be treated as gross income
from the sale or other disposition of securities for this purpose.

    In general,  gain or loss  recognized by the Fund on the  disposition  of an
asset  will  be a  capital  gain  or  loss.  However,  gain  recognized  on  the
disposition  of a debt  obligation  purchased  by the Fund at a market  discount
(generally,  at a price  less than its  principal  amount)  will be  treated  as
ordinary  income to the  extent of the  portion  of the  market  discount  which
accrued  during  the  period  of time the Fund  held  the  debt  obligation.  In
addition,  under the rules of Code Section 988,  gain or loss  recognized on the
disposition of a debt obligation  denominated in a foreign currency or an option
with respect thereto (but only to the extent  attributable to changes in foreign
currency  exchange  rates),  and gain or loss recognized on the disposition of a
foreign currency forward contract, futures contract, option or similar financial
instrument,  or  of  foreign  currency  itself,  except  for  regulated  futures
contracts or  non-equity  options  subject to Code Section 1256 (unless the Fund
elects otherwise), will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss.

    In  general,  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  capital  gain or loss
recognized  by  the  Fund  on  the  disposition  of an  asset  is  long-term  or
short-term,  the holding period of the asset may be affected if (1) the asset is
used  to  close  a  "short  sale"  (which  includes  for  certain  purposes  the
acquisition of a put option) or is  substantially  identical to another asset so

                                       10
<PAGE>

used; (2) the asset is otherwise held by the Fund as part of a "straddle" (which
term generally  excludes a situation  where the asset is stock and Fund grants a
qualified  covered  call  option  (which,   among  other  things,  must  not  be
deep-in-the-money) with respect thereto); or (3) the asset is stock and the Fund
grants an  in-the-money  qualified  covered  call option with  respect  thereto.
However,  for purposes of the  Short-Short  Gain Test, the holding period of the
asset  disposed  of may be  reduced  only in the case of clause  (1)  above.  In
addition,  the Fund may be  required to defer the  recognition  of a loss on the
disposition  of an  asset  held as  part  of a  straddle  to the  extent  of any
unrecognized gain on the offsetting position.

    Any  gain  recognized  by the  Fund on the  lapse  of,  or any  gain or loss
recognized  by the Fund from a closing  transaction  with  respect to, an option
written by the Fund will be treated as a short-term  capital  gain or loss.  For
purposes of the  Short-Short  Gain Test, the holding period of an option written
by the  Fund  will  commence  on the date it is  written  and end on the date it
lapses or the date a closing transaction is entered into. Accordingly,  the Fund
may be limited in its ability to write  options which expire within three months
and to enter into  closing  transactions  at a gain within  three  months of the
writing of options.

    Transactions  that may be engaged in by the Fund (such as regulated  futures
contracts,  certain foreign currency contracts, and options on stock indexes and
futures  contracts)  will be subject to special tax  treatment as "Section  1256
contracts."  Section  1256  contracts  are treated as if they are sold for their
fair market value on the last  business day of the taxable  year,  even though a
taxpayer's  obligations (or rights) under such contracts have not terminated (by
delivery, exercise, entering into a closing transaction or otherwise) as of such
date.  Any gain or loss  recognized  as a  consequence  of the  year-end  deemed
disposition of Section 1256 contracts is taken into account for the taxable year
together  with any other gain or loss that was  previously  recognized  upon the
termination of Section 1256 contracts during that taxable year. Any capital gain
or loss for the taxable year with respect to Section 1256  contracts  (including
any capital gain or loss arising as a consequence of the year-end deemed sale of
such contracts) is generally  treated as 60% long-term  capital gain or loss and
40% short-term capital gain or loss. A Fund, however, may elect not to have this
special tax treatment  apply to Section 1256 contracts that are part of a "mixed
straddle"  with  other  investments  of the  Fund  that  are  not  Section  1256
contracts. The IRS has held in several private rulings (and Treasury Regulations
now provide) that gains arising from Section 1256  contracts will be treated for
purposes of the Short-Short  Gain Test as being derived from securities held for
not less than three months if the gains arise as a result of a constructive sale
under Code Section 1256.

    The Fund may purchase  securities  of certain  foreign  investment  funds or
trusts which  constitute  passive  foreign  investment  companies  ("PFICs") for
federal  income tax  purposes.  If the Fund  invests in a PFIC,  it may elect to
treat the PFIC as a qualifying  electing  fund (a "QEF") in which event the Fund
will each year have  ordinary  income  equal to its pro rata share of the PFIC's
ordinary  earnings for the year and long-term capital gain equal to its pro rata
share of the PFIC's net  capital  gain for the year,  regardless  of whether the
Fund receives  distributions  of any such ordinary  earning or capital gain from
the PFIC.  If the Fund does not  (because  it is unable  to,  chooses  not to or
otherwise)  elect  to  treat  the PFIC as a QEF,  then in  general  (1) any gain
recognized  by the Fund upon sale or other  disposition  of its  interest in the
PFIC or any  excess  distribution  received  by the Fund  from the PFIC  will be
allocated  ratably over the Fund's  holding  period of its interest in the PFIC,
(2) the portion of such gain or excess  distribution so allocated to the year in
which the gain is recognized  or the excess  distribution  is received  shall be
included in the Fund's  gross  income for such year as ordinary  income (and the
distribution of such portion by the Fund to  shareholders  will be taxable as an
ordinary  income  dividend,  but such  portion will not be subject to tax at the
Fund  level),  (3) the Fund shall be liable for tax on the portions of such gain
or excess  distribution  so  allocated to prior years in an amount equal to, for
each such prior year, (i) the amount of gain or excess distribution allocated to
such prior year multiplied by the highest tax rate  (individual or corporate) in
effect for such prior year plus (ii)  interest  on the amount  determined  under
clause (i) for the  period  from the due date for filing a return for such prior
year  until  the date for  filing  a  return  for the year in which  the gain is
recognized  or the excess  distribution  is  received  at the rates and  methods
applicable to underpayments of tax for such period,  and (4) the distribution by
the Fund to shareholders of the portions of such gain or excess  distribution so
allocated to prior years (net of the tax payable by the Fund thereon) will again
be taxable to the shareholders as an ordinary income dividend.

    Under recently proposed Treasury Regulations the Fund can elect to recognize
as gain the excess,  as of the last day of its taxable  year, of the fair market
value of each share of PFIC stock  over the  Fund's  adjusted  tax basis in that
share ("mark to market gain").  Such mark to market gain will be included by the
Fund as ordinary  income,  such gain will not be subject to the Short-Short Gain
Test, and the Fund's holding period with respect to such PFIC stock commences on
the first day of the next taxable  year.  If the Fund makes such election in the
first taxable year it holds PFIC stock,  the Fund will include  ordinary  income
from any mark to market gain,  if any,  and will not incur the tax  described in
the previous paragraph.

    Treasury  Regulations permit a regulated  investment company, in determining
its investment  company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of
net  long-term  capital gain over net  short-term  capital loss) for any taxable
year,  to elect  (unless  it has made a taxable  year  election  for  excise tax
purposes as discussed  below) to treat all or any 

                                       11
<PAGE>

part of any net capital loss, any net long-term  capital loss or any net foreign
currency  loss  incurred  after  October  31 as if it had been  incurred  in the
succeeding year.

    In addition to satisfying the  requirements  described  above, the Fund must
satisfy  an  asset  diversification  test in  order to  qualify  as a  regulated
investment company.  Under this test, at the close of each quarter of the Fund's
taxable  year,  at least 50% of the value of the Fund's  assets must  consist of
cash and cash items, U.S. Government  securities,  securities of other regulated
investment companies,  and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has
not invested  more than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets in securities
of such  issuer  and as to which  the Fund  does not hold  more  than 10% of the
outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value
of its total assets may be invested in the  securities  of any one issuer (other
than U.S.  Government  securities and securities of other  regulated  investment
companies),  or in two or more  issuers  which the Fund  controls  and which are
engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses.  Generally, an option (call
or put) with  respect  to a  security  is treated as issued by the issuer of the
security not the issuer of the option.

    If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated  investment
company,  all of its taxable  income  (including  its net capital  gain) will be
subject  to  tax  at  regular   corporate   rates   without  any  deduction  for
distributions to  shareholders,  and such  distributions  will be taxable to the
shareholders  as  ordinary  dividends  to the extent of the Fund's  current  and
accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions  generally will be eligible
for the  dividends-received  deduction  in the case of  corporate  shareholders.

Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies

    A 4% non-deductible  excise tax is imposed on a regulated investment company
that  fails  to  distribute  in each  calendar  year an  amount  equal to 98% of
ordinary taxable income for the calendar year and 98% of capital gain net income
for the one-year  period ended on October 31 of such  calendar  year (or, at the
election of a regulated investment company having a taxable year ending November
30 or  December  31, for its  taxable  year (a "taxable  year  election")).  The
balance of such income must be  distributed  during the next calendar  year. For
the  foregoing  purposes,  a regulated  investment  company is treated as having
distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year
ending in such calendar year.

    For purposes of the excise tax, a regulated  investment  company shall:  (1)
reduce its capital  gain net income (but not below its net capital  gain) by the
amount of any net ordinary loss for the calendar year;  and (2) exclude  foreign
currency  gains and losses  incurred  after October 31 of any year (or after the
end of its taxable year if it has made a taxable year  election) in  determining
the amount of  ordinary  taxable  income  for the  current  calendar  year (and,
instead,  include such gains and losses in determining  ordinary  taxable income
for the succeeding calendar year).

    The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of
its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income prior to the end of each
calendar year to avoid liability for the excise tax.  However,  investors should
note  that  the Fund may in  certain  circumstances  be  required  to  liquidate
portfolio  investments  to make  sufficient  distributions  to avoid  excise tax
liability. 

Fund Distributions

    The  Fund  anticipates  distributing  substantially  all of  its  investment
company taxable income for each taxable year. Such distributions will be taxable
to  shareholders  as ordinary income and treated as dividends for federal income
tax   purposes,   but  they   generally   should   not   qualify   for  the  70%
dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

    A Fund may either retain or distribute to shareholders  its net capital gain
for each  taxable  year.  The Fund  currently  intends  to  distribute  any such
amounts.  If net capital gain is  distributed  and  designated as a capital gain
dividend,  it will  be  taxable  to  shareholders  as  long-term  capital  gain,
regardless of the length of time the  shareholder has held his shares or whether
such gain was recognized by the Fund prior to the date on which the  shareholder
acquired his shares.

    Conversely, if the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, the Fund will
be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers)
at the 35%  corporate  tax rate.  If the Fund  elects to retain its net  capital
gain,  it is  expected  that the Fund also will  elect to have  shareholders  of
record  on the  last day of its  taxable  year  treated  as if each  received  a
distribution  of his pro rata  share of such  gain,  with the  result  that each
shareholder  will be  required  to report his pro rata share of such gain on his
tax return as long-term  capital gain,  will receive a refundable tax credit for
his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain,  and will  increase  the
tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed  distribution less the
tax credit.

    Ordinary  income  dividends  paid by the Fund with respect to a taxable year
will qualify for the 70%  dividends-received  deduction  generally  available to
corporations  (other than  corporations,  such as S corporations,  which are not
eligible for the deduction  because of their special  characteristics  and other
than for purposes of special taxes such as the 

                                       12
<PAGE>

accumulated  earnings tax and the personal holding company tax) to the extent of
the  amount  of  qualifying   dividends  received  by  the  Fund  from  domestic
corporations  for the taxable year. A dividend  received by the Fund will not be
treated as a qualifying dividend (1) if it has been received with respect to any
share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case
of certain preferred stock),  excluding for this purpose under the rules of Code
Section 246(c)(3) and (4): (i) any day more than 45 days (or 90 days in the case
of  certain  preferred  stock)  after  the  date  on  which  the  stock  becomes
ex-dividend  and (ii) any period during which the Fund has an option to sell, is
under a contractual obligation to sell, has made and not closed a short sale of,
is the grantor of a deep-in-the-money  or otherwise  nonqualified option to buy,
or has otherwise  diminished  its risk of loss by holding other  positions  with
respect to, such (or substantially  identical) stock; (2) to the extent that the
Fund is under an  obligation  (pursuant  to a short sale or  otherwise)  to make
related payments with respect to positions in  substantially  similar or related
property;  or (3) to the  extent  the  stock on which  the  dividend  is paid is
treated as  debt-financed  under the rules of Code Section 246A.  Moreover,  the
dividends-received  deduction for a corporate  shareholder  may be disallowed or
reduced  (1) if  the  corporate  shareholder  fails  to  satisfy  the  foregoing
requirements  with  respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by  application  of
Code Section 246(b) which in general limits the dividends-received  deduction to
70% of the  shareholder's  taxable  income  (determined  without  regard  to the
dividends-received  deduction and certain other items).  Since an  insignificant
portion of the Fund will be  invested  in stock of  domestic  corporations,  the
ordinary   dividends   distributed   by  the  Fund  will  not  qualify  for  the
dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

    Alternative  minimum tax ("AMT") is imposed in addition  to, but only to the
extent it exceeds, the regular tax and is computed at a maximum marginal rate of
28% for noncorporate  taxpayers and 20% for corporate taxpayers on the excess of
the taxpayer's  alternative  minimum  taxable income  ("AMTI") over an exemption
amount. In addition,  under the Superfund  Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986, a tax is imposed for taxable years beginning after 1986 and before 1996 at
the rate of 0.12% on the  excess  of a  corporate  taxpayer's  AMTI  (determined
without  regard to the  deduction  for this tax and the AMT net  operating  loss
deduction)  over  $2  million.  For  purposes  of  the  corporate  AMT  and  the
environmental   superfund  tax  (which  are  discussed  above),   the  corporate
dividends-received  deduction is not itself an item of tax preference  that must
be added back to taxable  income or is otherwise  disallowed  in  determining  a
corporation's AMTI. However,  corporate  shareholders will generally be required
to take the full  amount of any  dividend  received  from the Fund into  account
(without a  dividends-received  deduction) in determining  its adjusted  current
earnings,  which are used in computing an additional  corporate  preference item
(i.e.,  75% of the excess of a corporate  taxpayer's  adjusted  current earnings
over its AMTI (determined  without regard to this item and the AMT net operating
loss deduction)) includable in AMTI.

    Investment  income  that may be  received  by the Fund from  sources  within
foreign  countries may be subject to foreign taxes  withheld at the source.  The
United  States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign  countries  which
entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of, or exemption from,  taxes on such income.
It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since
the amount of the Fund's  assets to be  invested  in  various  countries  is not
known.  If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets at the close of
its taxable year consist of the stock or securities of foreign corporations, the
Fund may  elect to "pass  through"  to the  Fund's  shareholders  the  amount of
foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each shareholder would be
required to include in gross income, even though not actually received,  his pro
rata share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having
paid his pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would  therefore be allowed to
either  deduct  such  amount in  computing  taxable  income  or use such  amount
(subject to various Code  limitations)  as a foreign tax credit against  federal
income tax (but not both).  For  purposes of the  foreign tax credit  limitation
rules of the Code, each shareholder would treat as foreign source income his pro
rata share of such foreign taxes plus the portion of dividends received from the
Fund representing  income derived from foreign sources. No deduction for foreign
taxes  could be  claimed  by an  individual  shareholder  who  does not  itemize
deductions.  Each shareholder  should consult his own tax adviser  regarding the
potential application of foreign tax credits.

    Distributions  by the Fund that do not constitute  ordinary income dividends
or capital gain  dividends  will be treated as a return of capital to the extent
of (and in reduction of) the shareholder's  tax basis in his shares;  any excess
will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares, as discussed below.

    Distributions  by the Fund will be  treated in the  manner  described  above
regardless  of whether  such  distributions  are paid in cash or  reinvested  in
additional  shares of the Fund (or of another  fund).  Shareholders  receiving a
distribution  in the form of  additional  shares will be treated as  receiving a
distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received,
determined as of the reinvestment  date. In addition,  if the net asset value at
the time a shareholder  purchases shares of the Fund reflects  undistributed net
investment  income  or  recognized   capital  gain  net  income,  or  unrealized
appreciation  in the  value of the  assets of the  Fund,  distributions  of such
amounts  will be  taxable to the  shareholder  in the  manner  described  above,
although such distributions  economically  constitute a return of capital to the
shareholder.

                                       13
<PAGE>

    Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into
account  in the year in which the  distributions  are made.  However,  dividends
declared  in  October,   November  or  December  of  any  year  and  payable  to
shareholders  of record on a  specified  date in such a month  will be deemed to
have been received by the shareholders  (and made by the Fund) on December 31 of
such  calendar  year if such  dividends  are  actually  paid in  January  of the
following year.  Shareholders  will be advised  annually as to the U.S.  federal
income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year.

    The Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S.
Treasury 31% of ordinary income  dividends and capital gain  dividends,  and the
proceeds of redemption of shares,  paid to any  shareholder (1) who has provided
either an incorrect  tax  identification  number or no number at all, (2) who is
subject to backup  withholding  by the IRS for  failure to report the receipt of
interest or dividend  income  properly,  or (3) who has failed to certify to the
Fund that it is not subject to backup withholding or that it is a corporation or
other "exempt recipient." 

Sale or Redemption of Shares

    A  shareholder  will  recognize  gain or loss on the sale or  redemption  of
shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference  between the proceeds of
the sale or redemption and the  shareholder's  adjusted tax basis in the shares.
All or a portion of any loss so recognized may be disallowed if the  shareholder
purchases  other  shares of the Fund  within 30 days before or after the sale or
redemption.  In general,  any gain or loss  arising  from (or treated as arising
from) the sale or redemption  of shares of the Fund will be  considered  capital
gain or loss and will be long-term  capital gain or loss if the shares were held
for longer than one year.  However,  any capital  loss  arising from the sale or
redemption  of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term
capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain  dividends  received on
such shares. For this purpose,  the special holding period rules of Code Section
246(c)(3) and (4)  (discussed  above in connection  with the  dividends-received
deduction for  corporations)  generally  will apply in  determining  the holding
period  of  shares.  Long-term  capital  gains  of  noncorporate  taxpayers  are
currently  taxed at a maximum rate 11.6% lower than the maximum rate  applicable
to ordinary income. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent
of  capital  gains  plus,  in the case of a  noncorporate  taxpayer,  $3,000  of
ordinary income. 

Foreign Shareholders

    Taxation of a  shareholder  who, as to the United  States,  is a nonresident
alien  individual,  foreign  trust or estate,  foreign  corporation,  or foreign
partnership ("foreign shareholder"), depends on whether the income from the Fund
is  "effectively  connected"  with a U.S.  trade or business  carried on by such
shareholder.

    If the income from the Fund is not  effectively  connected with a U.S. trade
or business carried on by a foreign shareholder,  ordinary income dividends paid
to a foreign shareholder will be subject to U.S.  withholding tax at the rate of
30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the  dividend.  Furthermore,
such a foreign shareholder may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of
30% (or  lower  treaty  rate) on the  gross  income  resulting  from the  Fund's
election to treat any foreign taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders,  but
may not be allowed a deduction  against  this gross  income or a credit  against
this U.S.  withholding tax for the foreign  shareholder's pro rata share of such
foreign  taxes which it is treated as having  paid.  Such a foreign  shareholder
would generally be exempt from U.S.  federal income tax on gains realized on the
sale of shares of the Fund,  capital gain dividends and amounts  retained by the
Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

    If the income from the Fund is  effectively  connected  with a U.S. trade or
business carried on by a foreign  shareholder,  then ordinary income  dividends,
capital gain  dividends,  and any gains  realized upon the sale of shares of the
Fund will be subject to U.S.  federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S.
Citizens or domestic corporations.

    In the case of foreign noncorporate  shareholders,  the Fund may be required
to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 31% on  distributions  that are
otherwise  exempt from  withholding  tax (or taxable at a reduced  treaty  rate)
unless  such  shareholders  furnish  the Fund with  proper  notification  of its
foreign status.

    The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits
of an  applicable  tax treaty may be  different  from  those  described  herein.
Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to
the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund,  including
the applicability of foreign taxes.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

    The foregoing general  discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is
based on the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder as in effect on
the date of this  Statement of Additional  Information.  Future  legislative  or
administrative   changes  or  court  decisions  may  significantly   change  the
conclusions  expressed  herein,  and any such  changes or  decisions  may have a
retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

                                       14
<PAGE>

    Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary  income  dividends and capital
gain dividends from regulated  investment  companies often differ from the rules
for U.S.  federal income taxation  described  above.  Shareholders  are urged to
consult their tax advisers as to the  consequences  of these and other state and
local tax rules affecting investment in the Fund.

                             PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

    For the purpose of quoting and comparing the performance of the Fund to that
of other mutual funds and to other relevant market indices in  advertisements or
in reports to shareholders,  performance may be stated in terms of total return.
Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC rules"),  funds
advertising performance must include total return quotes calculated according to
the following formula:
P(l + T)n  = ERV 
Where: P   = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
       T   = average annual total return
       n   = number of years (1, 5 or 10)
       ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment 
             made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods or at the
             end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

    Under the foregoing  formula,  the time periods used in advertising  will be
based on rolling calendar  quarters,  updated to the last day of the most recent
quarter prior to submission of the advertising for  publication,  and will cover
one, five and ten year periods or a shorter period dating from the effectiveness
of the Fund's  Registration  Statement.  In  calculating  the ending  redeemable
value,  all  dividends  and  distributions  by the Fund are assumed to have been
reinvested at net asset value as described in the prospectus on the reinvestment
dates during the period.  Total return, or "T" in the formula above, is computed
by finding the average  annual  compounded  rates of return over the 1, 5 and 10
year  periods (or  fractional  portion  thereof)  that would  equate the initial
amount invested to the ending  redeemable  value. Any recurring  account charges
that might in the future be imposed by the Fund would be included at that time.

    The Fund may also  from time to time  include  in such  advertising  a total
return figure that is not calculated according to the formula set forth above in
order to compare more accurately the performance of the Fund with other measures
of  investment  return.  For example,  in comparing the Fund's total return with
data published by Lipper Analytical  Services,  Inc., or with the performance of
the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index or the Russell 2000, the Fund calculates
its  aggregate  total  return for the  specified  periods of time  assuming  the
investment  of $10,000 in Fund  shares and  assuming  the  reinvestment  of each
dividend  or other  distribution  at net asset value on the  reinvestment  date.
Percentage  increases  are  determined by  subtracting  the initial value of the
investment  from the ending value and by dividing the remainder by the beginning
value.

                               SHAREHOLDER REPORTS

    Shareholders will receive reports at least semi-annually  showing the Fund's
holdings and other  information.  In addition,  shareholders will receive annual
financial  statements  audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the Fund's  independent
auditors.


                                       15

<PAGE>

PART C.     OTHER INFORMATION
- -----------------------------
Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits - List
          ----------------------------------------

  (a)     Financial Statements (Auditor's Report       Filed Electronically
          and Statement of Assets and Liabilitites)          



<PAGE>


ITEM 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits - List (cont'd)

(b) Exhibits:            

1.  Articles of Incorporation                          Filed Electronically

2.  By-Laws                                            Filed Electronically

3.  Not Applicable                             

4.  Stock Certificate Specimen                         Filed Electronically

5a. Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between      Filed Electronically
    Registrant and Lexington Management Corporation  

5b. Form of Sub-Advisory Investment Management         Filed Electronically
    Agreement between Lexington Management 
    Corporation and Capital Technology, Inc.

6.  Form of Distribution Agreement between             Filed Electronically
    Registrant and Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.  

7.  Not Applicable

8.  Form of Custodian Agreement between                Filed Electronically
    Registrant and Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. 

9a. Form of Transfer Agency Agreement between          Filed Electronically
    Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust 
    Company  

9b. Form of Administrative Services Agreement          Filed Electronically
    between Registrant and Lexington Management 
    Corporation

10. Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities    Filed Electronically
    being registered                           

11. Consents
    (a) Consent of Counsel                             Filed Electronically
    (b) Consent of Independent Auditors                Filed Electronically

12. Not Applicable

13. Not Applicable

14. Retirement Plans                                   Filed Electronically

15. Form of Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1         Filed Electronically
    and Related Agreements

16. Not Applicable


<PAGE>


Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
          -------------------------------------------------------------
       Furnish a list or diagram of all persons directly or indirectly
controlled by or under common control with the Registrant and as to each such
person indicate (1) if a company, the state or other sovereign power under the
laws of which it is organized, (2) the percentage of voting securities owned
or other basis of control by the person, if any, immediately controlling it.

       See "Management of the Fund" in the Prospectus and Statement of
Additional Information.


Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
          -------------------------------
       State in substantially the tabular form indicated, as of a specified
date within 90 days prior to the date of filing, the number of record holders
of each class of securities of the Registrant.

       The following information is given as of October 26, 1995:

       Title of Class                 Number of Record Holders
       -------------                  ------------------------       
       Capital Stock                            1
       ($0.001 par value)


Item 27.  Indemnification
          ---------------
       State the general effect of any contract, arrangements or statute under
which any director, officer, underwriter or affiliated person of the
Registrant is insured or indemnified in any manner against any liability which
may be incurred in such capacity, other than insurance provided by any
director, officer, affiliated person or underwriter for their own protection.

       Under the terms of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the
Company's By-Laws, the Company may indemnify any person who was or is a
director, officer or employee of the Company to the maximum extent permitted
by the Maryland General Corporation Law; provided, however, that Company only
as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification
of such persons is proper in the circumstances.  Such determination shall be
made (I) by the Board of Directors, by a majority vote of a quorum which
consists of directors who are neither "interested persons" of Company as
defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, nor parties to the proceeding, or
(ii) if the required quorum is not obtainable or if a quorum of such directors
so directs by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  No
indemnification will be provided by the Company to any director or officer of
the Company for any liability to the Company or Shareholders to which he would
otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of duty.

<PAGE>

Item 28.   Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
           ----------------------------------------------------
       Describe any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a
substantial nature in which the investment adviser of the Registrant, and each
director, officer or partner of any such investment adviser, is or has been,
at any time during the past two fiscal years, engaged for his own account or
in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

       See Prospectus Part A and Statement of Additional Information Part B
("Management of the Fund").


Item 29.  Principal Underwriters
          ----------------------
  (a)     Lexington Money Market Trust
          Lexington Tax Free Money Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc..         
          Lexington Short-Intermediate Government Securities Fund, Inc.
          Lexington GNMA Income Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Ramirez Global Income Fund
          Lexington Worldwide Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Goldfund, Inc.
          Lexington Global Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Natural Resources Trust               
          Lexington Corporate Leaders Trust Fund
          Lexington Convertible Securities Fund
          Lexington Strategic Investments Fund, Inc.           
          Lexington Strategic Silver Fund, Inc.
          Lexington International Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Crosby Small Cap Asia Growth Fund, Inc.

<PAGE>

29 (b)

                       Position and Offices         Position and
Name and Principal     with Principal               Offices With
Business Address       Underwriter                  Registrant  
- ------------------     --------------------         --------------
Peter Corniotes*       Assistant Secretary          Asst. Secretary

Lisa A. Curcio*        Vice President and           Vice President and 
                       Secretary                    Secretary

Robert M. DeMichele*   Chief Executive Officer      Chairman of the
                       and Chairman                 Board and President

Richard M. Hisey*      Chief Financial Officer      Chief Financial
                       and Director                 Officer and Vice Pres.

Lawrence Kantor*       Executive Vice President,    Director and Vice Pres.
                       General Manager & Director    

Richard Lavery*        Vice President               Vice President

Janice Violette*       Assistant Treasurer          None


(c)
Not Applicable.
               
*P.O. Box 1515
 Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663

<PAGE>


Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
          --------------------------------
     With respect to each account, book or other document required to
be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules (17 CFR 270, 
31a-1 to 31a-3) promulgated thereunder, furnish the name and address of each
person maintaining physical possession of each such account, book or other
document.

     The Registrant, Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc., Park 80 West
- - Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663 will maintain physical possession
of such of each such account, book or other document of the Company, except
for those maintained by the Registrant's Custodian, Chase Manhattan Bank,
N.A., 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York New York 10036, or Transfer Agent,
State Street Bank and Trust Company, c/o National Financial Data Services,
City Center Square, 1100 Main, Kansas City, Missouri  64105.


Item 31.   Management Services
           -------------------     
     Furnish a summary of the substantive provisions of any management-related
service contract not discussed in Part A or B of this Form (because the 
contract was not believed to be material to a purchaser of securities of
the Registrant) under which services are provided to the Registrant,
indicating the parties to the contract, the total dollars paid and by whom
for the last three fiscal years.

     None.


Item 32.    Undertakings -
            ------------
     The Registrant, Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.,  undertakes to 
furnish a copy of the Fund's latest annual report, upon request and without 
charge, to every person to whom a prospectus is delivered.

     The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment, using 
reasonably current financial statements which need not be certified, within 
four to six months from the effective date of the Registrant's Registration 
Statement.


<PAGE>







                                            Registration No.  
                                                       
     


                Securities and Exchange Commission

                     Washington, D.C.  20549

                                                  

                             Exhibits

                            Filed With

                            Form N-1A
                                 
                                                  

     
               LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.

<PAGE>
                          EXHIBIT INDEX



The following documents are being filed electronically as exhibits to this
filing:

          Financial Statements    
        
          Articles of Incorporation

          By-laws

          Form of Specimen Stock Certificate

          Form of Investment Advisory Agreement

          Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement

          Form of Distribution Agreement

          Form of Custodian Agreement

          Form of Transfer Agency Agreement

          Form of Administrative Services Agreement

          Opinion of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel

          Consent of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel

          Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

          Form of Retirement Plans

          Form of Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1 and Related Agreements

          Article 6 Financial Data Schedule

          Cover Letter

<PAGE>

                            SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940 the Registrant has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the Undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Saddle Brook and State of New
Jersey, on the 1st day of November, 1995.


                             LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.


                                  Robert M. DeMichele
                            ___________________________________
                            By:   Robert M. DeMichele
                                  Chairman of the Board


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                  Title                       Date

Robert M. DeMichele
_____________________      Chairman of the Board       November 1, 1995
Robert M. DeMichele        Principal Executive
                           Officer

Richard M. Hisey
_____________________      Principal Financial         November 1, 1995
Richard M. Hisey           and Accounting Officer


Lisa Curcio
_____________________      Principal Compliance        November 1, 1995
Lisa Curcio                Officer


*Beverley C. Duer, P.E.    Director                    November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Beverley C. Duer, P.E.


*Barbara M. Evans          Director                    November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Barbara M. Evans


<PAGE>

Signature                  Title                       Date


*Lawrence Kantor           Director                   November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Lawrence Kantor


*Donald B. Miller          Director                   November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Donald B. Miller


*Francis Olmsted           Director                   November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Francis Olmsted


*John G. Preston           Director                   November 1, 1995
_____________________
 John G. Preston


*Margaret W. Russell       Director                   November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Margaret W. Russell


*Philip C. Smith           Director                   November 1, 1995
_____________________
 Philip C. Smith


*Francis A. Sunderland     Director                   November 1, 1995
______________________
 Francis A. Sunderland



     Lisa Curcio
*By: ______________________
     Lisa Curcio
     Attorney-in-Fact
<PAGE>

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                        Lawrence Kantor
                                   _____________________________
                                        Lawrence Kantor



<PAGE>

                            POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                        Beverley C. Duer
                                   _____________________________
                                        Beverley C. Duer
 
<PAGE>

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                          Francis Olmsted
                                   _____________________________
                                          Francis Olmsted
<PAGE>

                            POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                          Donald B. Miller
                                   _____________________________
                                          Donald B. Miller
 
<PAGE>

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                             John G. Preston
                                     _____________________________
                                             John G. Preston
 
<PAGE>

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                          Barbara R. Evans
                                   _____________________________
                                          Barbara R. Evans
 
<PAGE>

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                        Margaret W. Russell
                                   _____________________________
                                        Margaret W. Russell
<PAGE> 

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                         Philip C. Smith
                                   _____________________________
                                         Philip C. Smith
 
<PAGE>

                           POWER OF ATTORNEY



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and
appoints Lawrence Kantor, Lisa Curcio or Jay Baris, and each of them, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all his or her capacities as a director of LEXINGTON
SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation, to sign on his or her
or its behalf any and all Registration Statements (including any post-
effective amendments to Registration Statements) under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any amendments and
supplements thereto, and other documents in connection thereunder, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and this requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

DATED this 12th day of September, 1995.




                                        Francis A. Sunderland
                                   _____________________________
                                        Francis A. Sunderland




                       LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.

                       Statement of Assets and Liabilities
                                October 27, 1995


ASSETS
    Cash............................................................... $100,000
    Deferred organization and registration expenses (Note 2)...........   50,000
                                                                        --------
        Total Assets................................................... $150,000

LIABILITIES
    Payable to Lexington Management Corporation (Note 2)............... $ 50,000
                                                                        --------
        Total Liabilities.............................................. $ 50,000

NET ASSETS applicable to 10,000 outstanding shares of common stock, 
    $.001 par value per share, respectively............................ $100,000
                                                                        ========

NET ASSETS consist of:
    Common stock - at par value, $.001 per share, 
        authorized 1,000,000,000 shares; 
        issued and outstanding 10,000 (Note 1)......................... $     10
    Additional Paid in Capital.........................................   99,990
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $100,000
                                                                        ========

NET ASSET VALUE offering and redemption price per share 
    ($100,000/10,000 shares)...........................................   $10.00
                                                                          ======

NOTES:

    (1) The  Lexington  SmallCap  Value Fund,  Inc.  (the  "Fund") was formed on
        August  29,  1995  as a  Maryland  Corporation.  The  Fund  has  had  no
        operations  through October 27, 1995 other than matters  relating to its
        organization  and  registration  as a diversified,  open-end  investment
        company  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940  and the  sale and
        issuance  of  10,000  shares  of  its  common  stock  to  the  Lexington
        Management  Corporation  at an aggregate  purchase  price of $100,000 to
        provide the initial capital of the Fund.

    (2) Organization and initial  offering  expenses are to be borne by the Fund
        and were  advanced by  Lexington  Management  Corporation  (LMC).  It is
        estimated  that  such  expenses  will  not  exceed  $50,000  and will be
        amortized  from the date  operations  commence over a period which it is
        expected that a benefit will be realized,  not to exceed five years. The
        Fund will  reimburse LMC for such expenses when the Fund's assets exceed
        $20  million  or when  the Fund has  completed  one year of  operations,
        whichever occurs first. Lexington Management Corporation has agreed that
        in the event that any of the initial  10,000 shares are redeemed  during
        the period of amortization of the Fund's  organizational  expenses,  the
        redemption   proceeds   will  be   reduced   by  any  such   unamortized
        organizational  expenses in the same proportion as the number of initial
        shares being  redeemed  bears to the number of initial  shares  (10,000)
        outstanding at the time of redemption.

    (3) The Fund intends to comply in its initial year and  thereafter  with the
        requirements  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  necessary to qualify as a
        regulated  investment company and as such will not be subject to federal
        income taxes on otherwise taxable income (including net realized capital
        gains) which is distributed to shareholders.

<PAGE>

                          Independent Auditors' Report

To the Shareholders and Directors of
Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  statement  of  assets  and  liabilities  of
Lexington  SmallCap Value Fund,  Inc. (the "Fund") as of October 27, 1995.  This
financial  statement  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Fund's  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our
audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether the  statement  of assets and  liabilities  is free of
material  misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and   disclosures  in  the  statement  of  assets  and
liabilities. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  the  statement  of assets and  liabilities  referred  to above
presents fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of Lexington
SmallCap  Value Fund,  Inc. as of October 27, 1995 in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles. 


                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York 
October 30, 1995



                       ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                 OF

                  LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.


          FIRST:  The undersigned, Peter O'Rourke, whose address is
919 Third Avenue, New York, New York, being at least eighteen years of
age, hereby forms a corporation under the Maryland General Corporation
Law.


          SECOND:  The name of the corporation is Lexington SmallCap
Value Fund, Inc. (hereinafter called the "corporation").


          THIRD:  The corporation is formed for the following purpose
or purposes:

               (a)  to conduct, operate and carry on the business of
          an investment company;

               (b)  to subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in,
          purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign,
          transfer, lend, write options on, exchange, distribute or
          otherwise dispose of and deal in and with securities of
          every nature, kind, character, type and form, including
          without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, all
          types of stocks, shares, futures contracts, bonds,
          debentures, notes, bills and other negotiable or
          non-negotiable instruments, obligations, evidences of
          interest, certificates of interest, certificates of
          participation, certificates, interests, evidences of
          ownership, guarantees, warrants, options or evidences of
          indebtedness issued or created by or guaranteed as to
          principal and interest by any state or local government or
          any agency or instrumentality thereof, by the United States
          Government or any agency, instrumentality, territory,
          district or possession thereof, by any foreign government or
          any agency, instrumentality, territory, district or
          possession thereof, by any corporation organized under the
          laws of any state, the United States or any territory or
          possession thereof or under the laws of any foreign country,
          bank certificates of deposit, bank time deposits, bankers'
          acceptances and commercial paper; to pay for the same in
          cash or by the issue of stock, bonds or notes of the
          corporation or otherwise; and to exercise any and all
          rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in
          respect of any and all such investments of every kind and
          description, including without limitation, the right to
          consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power
          to designate one or more persons, firms, associations or
          corporations to exercise any of said rights, powers and
          privileges in respect of any said instruments;

               (c)  to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit and
          to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise
          subjecting as security the assets of the corporation;

               (d)  to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire,
          cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of,
          transfer, and otherwise deal in, shares of stock of the
          corporation, including shares of stock of the corporation in
          fractional denominations, and to apply to any such
          repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or
          acquisition of shares of stock of the corporation any funds
          or property of the corporation whether capital or surplus or
          otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by
          the laws of the State of Maryland;

               (e)  to conduct its business, promote its purposes
          and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches
          and maintain offices both within and without the State of
          Maryland, in any State of the United States of America, in
          the District of Columbia and in any other parts of the
          world; and

               (f)  to do all and everything necessary, suitable,
          convenient, or proper for the conduct, promotion and
          attainment of any of the businesses and purposes herein
          specified or which at any time may be incidental thereto or
          may appear conducive to or expedient for the accomplishment
          of any of such businesses and purposes and which might be
          engaged in or carried on by a corporation incorporated or
          organized under the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to
          have and exercise all of the powers conferred by the laws of
          the State of Maryland upon corporations incorporated or
          organized under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

          The foregoing provisions of this Article THIRD shall be
construed both as purposes and powers and each as an independent purpose
and power.  The foregoing enumeration of specific purposes and powers
shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the purposes and
powers of the corporation, and the purposes and powers herein specified
shall, except when otherwise provided in this Article THIRD, be in no
wise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference from, the terms
of any provision of this or any other Article of these Articles of
Incorporation; provided, that the corporation shall not conduct any
business, promote any purpose, or exercise any power or privilege within
or without the State of Maryland which, under the laws thereof, the
corporation may not lawfully conduct, promote, or exercise.

          FOURTH:  The post office address of the principal office and
Resident Agent of the corporation within the State of Maryland is 11
East Chase Street, Suite 9E, c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service
Company, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  The name and address of the
Resident Agent of the corporation is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service
Company, 11 East Chase Street, suite 9E, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.


          FIFTH: (1)  The total number of shares of stock which the
corporation initially has authority to issue is one billion
(1,000,000,000) shares of Common Stock which are initially designated by
series as follows: five hundred million (500,000,000) shares are
designated "Lexington SmallCap Value Fund" series and of which five
hundred million (500,000,000) shares are unclassified.  All of the
shares of Common Stock of each series are initially designated as one
class of shares. The par value of the shares of each class is one tenth
of one cent ($.001) per share.

          (2)  The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares
of stock is one million dollars ($1,000,000.00).

          (3)  The Board of Directors of the corporation is
authorized, from time to time, to fix the price or the minimum price or
the consideration or minimum consideration for, and to authorize the
issuance of, the shares of stock of the corporation and securities
convertible into shares of stock of the corporation.

          (4)  The Board of Directors of the corporation is
authorized, from time to time, to further classify or to reclassify, as
the case may be, any unissued shares of stock of the corporation by
setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting
powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and
terms or conditions of redemption of the stock.

          (5)  Subject to the power of the Board of Directors to
classify and reclassify unissued shares, the shares of each class of
stock of the corporation shall have the following preferences,
conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as
to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption:

               (a)  (i)  All consideration received by the corporation for
          the issuance or sale of shares of the class together with all
          income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, shall irrevocably
          belong to such class for all purposes, subject only to the rights
          of creditors and to affect the conversion of shares of any clas of
          stock into another class of stock of the corporation, and are
          herein referred to as "assets belonging to" such class.

                   (ii)  The assets belonging to such class shall be
          charged with the liabilities of the corporation in respect
          of such class and with such class's share of the general
          liabilities of the corporation, in the latter case in
          proportion that the net asset value of such class bears to
          the net asset value of all classes.  The determination of
          the Board of Directors shall be conclusive as to the
          allocation of liabilities, including accrued expenses and
          reserves, to a class.

                  (iii)  Dividends or distributions on shares of each
          class, whether payable in stock or cash, shall be paid only
          out of earnings, surplus or other assets belonging to such
          class.

                   (iv)  In the event of the liquidation or
          dissolution of the corporation, stockholders of each class
          shall be entitled to receive, as a class, out of the assets
          of the corporation available for distribution to
          stockholders, the assets belonging to such class and the
          assets so distributable to the stockholders of such class
          shall be distributed among such stockholders in proportion
          to the number of shares of such class held by them.

               (b)  A series of Common Stock may be further classified by
          the Board of Directors into two or more classes of stock that may
          be invested together in the common investment portfolio in which
          the series is invested.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
          paragraph (5)(a) of this Article Fifth, if two or more classes are
          invested in a common investment portfolio as a series, the shares
          of each such class of stock of the corporation shall be subject to
          the following preferences, conversion and other rights, voting
          powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications
          and terms and conditions of redemption, and, if there are other
          classes of stock of another series invested in a different
          investment portfolio, shall also be subject to the provisions of
          paragraph (5)(a) of this Article Fifth at the series level as if
          the classes within the series were one class:

                    (i)  The income and expenses of the series shall
          be allocated among the classes in the series in accordance
          with the number of shares outstanding of each such class or
          as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors in a
          manner consistent with subparagraph (iii) below.

                   (ii)  As more fully set forth in this paragraph
          (5)(b) of Article Fifth, the liabilities and expenses of the
          classes in the series shall be determined separately from
          those of each other and, accordingly, the net asset value,
          the dividends and distributions payable to holders, and the
          amounts distributable in the event of liquidation of the
          corporation to holders of shares of the corporation's stock
          may vary from class to class within the series.  Except for
          these differences and certain other differences set forth in
          this paragraph (5) of Article Fifth or elsewhere in the
          Articles of Incorporation, the classes in the same series
          shall have the same preferences, conversion and other
          rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to
          dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of
          redemption.

                  (iii)  The dividends and distributions of
          investment income and capital gains with respect to the
          classes in the series shall be in such amounts as may be
          declared from time to time by the Board of Directors, and
          such dividends and distributions may vary among the classes
          in the series to reflect differing allocations of the
          expenses of the corporation among the classes and any
          resultant differences among the net asset values per share
          of the classes, to such extent and for such purposes as the
          Board of Directors may deem appropriate.  The allocation of
          investment income, capital gains, expenses and liabilities
          of the corporation among the classes in the series shall be
          determined by the Board of Directors in a manner that is
          consistent with an order, if any, obtained from the
          Securities and Exchange Commission or any future amendment
          to such order or any rule or interpretation under the
          Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

               (c)  Except as provided below, on each matter
          submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each holder of a
          share of stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share
          standing in his name on the books of the corporation
          irrespective of the class or series thereof.  All holders of
          shares of stock shall vote as a single class except as may
          otherwise be required by law pursuant to any applicable
          order, rule or interpretation issued by the Securities and
          Exchange Commission, or otherwise, or except with respect to
          any matter which affects only one or more classes or series
          of stock, in which case only the holders of shares of 
          the class, classes or series affected shall be entitled
          to vote.

               (d)  The proceeds of the redemption of shares of
          any class of stock of the corporation may be reduced by
          the amount of any contingent deferred sales charge or  
          other charge (which charges may vary within and among  
          the classes) payable on such redemption pursuant to the     
          terms of issuance of such shares, all in accordance         
          with the Investment Company Act of 1940, applicable         
          rules and regulations thereunder, and applicable rules      
          and regulations of the National Association of         
          Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

               (e)  At such times as may be determined by the         
          Board of Directors (or with the authorization of the        
          Board of Directors, by the officers of the corporation)     
          in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940,      
          applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and       
          applicable rules and regulations of the NASD and       
          reflected in the corporation's current registration         
          statement, shares of a particular class of stock of the     
          corporation may be automatically converted into shares
          of another class of stock of the corporation based on  
          the relative net asset values of such classes at the        
          time of conversion, subject, however, to any conditions     
          of conversion that may be imposed by the Board of 
          Directors (or with the authorization of the Board of
          Directors, by the officers of the corporation) and          
          reflected in the corporation's current registration         
          statement as aforesaid.

Except as provided above, all provisions of the Articles of Incorporation 
relating to stock of the corporation shall apply to shares of, and to the 
holders of, all classes of stock.

          (6)  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Maryland General
Corporation Law requiring a greater proportion than a majority of the
votes of stockholders of all classes or of any class of stock entitled
to be cast in order to take or authorize any action, any such action may
be taken or authorized upon the concurrence of a majority of the
aggregate number of votes entitled to be cast thereon.

          (7)  The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of
one-third of the shares of stock of the corporation entitled to vote
(without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of
the stockholders, except with respect to any matter which, under
applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a
separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the
presence in person or by proxy of the holders of one-third of the shares
of stock of each class required to vote as a class on the matter shall
constitute a quorum.

          (8)  The corporation may issue shares of stock in
fractional denominations to the same extent as its whole shares, and
shares in fractional denominations shall be shares of stock having
proportionately to the respective fractions represented 
thereby all the rights of whole shares, including, without limitation,
the right to vote, the right to receive dividends and distributions and
the right to participate upon liquidation of the corporation, but
excluding the right to receive a stock certificate evidencing a
fractional share.

          (9)  No holder of any shares of any class of the
corporation shall be entitled as of right to subscribe for, purchase, or
otherwise acquire any shares of any class which the corporation proposes
to issue, or any rights or options which the corporation proposes to
issue or to grant for the purchase of shares of any class or for the
purchase of any shares, bonds, securities, or obligations of the
corporation which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or which
carry any rights to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares
of any class of the corporation; and any and all of such shares, bonds,
securities or obligations of the corporation, whether now or hereafter
authorized or created, may be issued, or may be reissued if the same
have been reacquired, and any and all of such rights and options may be
granted by the Board of Directors to such persons, firms, corporations
and associations, and for such lawful consideration, and on such terms,
as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine, without first
offering the same, or any thereof, to any said holder.


          SIXTH:  (1)  The initial number of directors of the
corporation is ten (10) and the names of those who will serve as such
until the first annual meeting or until their successors are duly
elected and qualify are as follows:

          Robert M. DeMichele
          Beverley C. Duer
          Barbara R. Evans
          Lawrence Kantor
          Donald B. Miller
          Francis Olmsted
          John G. Preston
          Margaret W. Russell
          Philip C. Smith
          Francis A. Sunderland
     
          The By-Laws of the Corporation may fix the number of
directors at a number greater or less than that named in these Articles
of Incorporation and may authorize a majority of the entire Board of
Directors to increase or decrease the number of directors.  The number
of directors shall never be less than the minimum number prescribed by
the Maryland General Corporation Law.

          (2)  The initial by-laws of the corporation shall be
adopted by the directors at their organizational meeting or by their
informal written action, as the case may be.  Thereafter, the power to
make, alter, and repeal the by-laws of the corporation shall be vested
in the Board of Directors of the corporation.

          (3)  Any determination made in good faith by or pursuant to
the direction of the Board of Directors, as to:  the amount of the
assets, debts, obligations, or liabilities of the corporation or
belonging to, or attributable to any class of shares of the corporation;
the amount of any reserves or charges set up and the propriety thereof;
the time of or purpose for creating such reserves or charges; the use,
alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges (whether or not
any debt, obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges
shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged or shall be
then or thereafter required to be paid or discharged); the value of any
investment or fair value of any other asset of the corporation; the
amount of net investment income; the number of shares of stock
outstanding; the estimated expense in connection with purchases or
redemptions of the corporation's stock; the ability to liquidate
investments in an orderly fashion; the extent to which it is practicable
to deliver a cross-section of the portfolio of the corporation in
payment for any such shares, or as to any other matters relating to the
issue, sale, purchase, redemption and/or other acquisition or
disposition of investments or shares of the corporation, or the
determination of the net asset value of shares of the corporation shall
be final and conclusive, and shall be binding upon the corporation and
all holders of its shares, past, present and future, and shares of the
corporation are issued and sold on the condition and understanding that
any and all such determinations shall be binding as aforesaid.


          SEVENTH: (1)  To the fullest extent that limitations on the
liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland
General Corporation Law, no director or officer of the corporation shall
have any liability to the corporation or its stockholders for damages. 
This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a
person serves as a director or officer of the corporation whether or not
such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in
which liability is asserted.

          (2)  The corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses
to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent
that indemnification of directors and advance of espenses to directors
is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law.  The corporation
shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent
as its directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law. 
The Board of Directors may, through a by-law, resolution or agreement,
make further provisions for indemnification of directors, officers,
employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland
General Corporation Law.

          (3)  No provision of this Article SEVENTH shall be
effective (i) to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of
the Securities Act of 1933, or of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or
of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange
Commission thereunder or (ii) to protect or purport to protect any
director or officer of the corporation against any liability to the
corporation or its stockholders to which he would otherwise be subject
by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or
reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

          (4)  References to the Maryland General Corporation Law in
this Article SEVENTH are to the law as from time to time amended.  No
amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation shall
affect any right of any person under this Article SEVENTH based on any
event, omission or proceeding prior to such amendment.


          EIGHTH:  Any holder of shares of stock of the corporation
may require the corporation to redeem and the corporation shall be
obligated to redeem at the option of such holder all or any part of the
shares of the corporation owned by said holder, at the redemption price,
pursuant to the method, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth:

               a.   The redemption price per share shall be the net
          asset value per share determined at such time or times as
          the Board of Directors of the corporation shall designate in
          accordance with any provision of the Investment Company Act
          of 1940, any rule or regulation thereunder or exemption or
          exception therefrom, or any rule or regulation made or
          adopted by any securities association registered under the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

               b.   Net asset value per share of a class shall be
          determined by dividing:

                         i.   The total value of the assets of
                    belonging to such class, or in the case of a
                    series with more than one class, such class's
                    proportionate share of the total value of the
                    assets belonging to the series, such value
                    determined as provided in Subsection (c) below
                    less, to the extent determined by or pursuant to
                    the direction of the Board of Directors, all
                    debts, obligations and liabilities of such class
                    (which debts, obligations and liabilities shall
                    include, without limitation of the generality of
                    the foregoing, any and all debts, obligations,
                    liabilities, or claims, of any and every kind
                    and nature, fixed, accrued and otherwise,
                    including the estimated accrued expenses of
                    management and supervision, administration and
                    distribution and any reserves or charges for any
                    or all of the foregoing, whether for taxes,
                    expenses or otherwise) but excluding such
                    class's liability upon its shares and its
                    surplus, by

                         ii.  The total number of shares of such
                    class outstanding.

               The Board of Directors is empowered, in its absolute
          discretion, to establish other methods for determining such
          net asset value whenever such other methods are deemed by it
          to be necessary in order to enable the corporation to comply
          with, or are deemed by it to be desirable provided they are
          not inconsistent with, any provision of the Investment
          Company Act of 1940 or any rule or regulation thereunder.

               c.   In determining for the purposes of these
          Articles of Incorporation the total value of the assets of
          the corporation at any time, investments and any other
          assets of the corporation shall be valued in such manner as
          may be determined from time to time by the Board of
          Directors.

               d.   Payment of the redemption price by the
          corporation may be made either in cash or in securities or
          other assets at the time owned by the corporation or partly
          in cash and partly in securities or other assets at the time
          owned by the corporation.  The value of any part of such
          payment to be made in securities or other assets of the
          corporation shall be the value employed in determining the
          redemption price.  Payment of the redemption price shall be
          made on or before the seventh day following the day on which
          the shares are properly presented for redemption hereunder,
          except that delivery of any securities included in any such
          payment shall be made as promptly as any necessary transfers
          on the books of the issuers whose securities are to be
          delivered may be made.

               The corporation, pursuant to resolution of the         
          Board of Directors, may deduct from the payment made        
          for any shares redeemed a liquidating or similar charge     
          not in excess of five percent (5%) of the redemption        
          price of the shares so redeemed, and the Board of           
          Directors may alter or suspend and such liquidating         
          charge from time to time.

               e.   Redemption of shares of stock by the corporation
          is conditional upon the corporation having funds or property
          legally available therefor.

               (2)  The corporation, either directly or through an
          agent, may repurchase its shares, out of funds legally
          available therefor, upon such terms and conditions and for
          such consideration as the Board of Directors shall deem
          advisable, by agreement with the owner at a price not
          exceeding the net asset value per share as determined by the
          corporation at such time or times as the Board of Directors
          of the corporation shall designate, less a liquidating or
          similar charge not to exceed five percent (5%) of such net
          asset value, if and as fixed by resolution of the Board of
          Directors of the corporation from time to time, and take all
          other steps deemed necessary or advisable in connection
          therewith.

               (3)  The corporation may cause the redemption, upon
          the terms set forth in subsections (1)(a) through (e) and
          subsection (h) of this Article EIGHTH, of shares of a class
          of stock held by a stockholder if the net asset value of the
          shares of stock is less than $500 or such other amount not
          exceeding $5000 as may be fixed from time to time by the
          Board of Directors (the "Minimum Amount") with respect to
          that class.  The Board of Directors may establish differing
          Minimum Amounts for each class of the Corporation's stock
          and for categories of holders of stock based on such
          criteria as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. 
          The Corporation shall give the stockholder notice which
          shall be in writing personally delivered or deposited in the
          mail, at least 30 days (or such other number of days as may
          be specified from time to time by the Board of Directors)
          prior to such redemption. 

               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article
          EIGHTH, if certificates representing such shares have been
          issued, the redemption price need not be paid by the
          corporation until such certificates are presented in proper
          form for transfer to the corporation or the agent of the
          corporation appointed for such purpose; however, the
          redemption shall be effective, in accordance with the
          resolution of the Board of Directors, regardless of whether
          or not such presentation has been made.

               (4)  The obligations set forth in this Article EIGHTH
          may be suspended or postponed as may be permissible under
          the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and
          regulations thereunder.

               (5)  The Board of Directors may establish other terms
          and conditions and procedures for redemption, including
          requirements as to delivery of certificates evidencing
          shares, if issued.


          NINTH:  All persons who shall acquire stock or other
securities of the corporation shall acquire the same subject to the
provisions of the corporation's Charter, as from time to time amended.


          TENTH:  From time to time any of the provisions of the
Charter of the corporation may be amended, altered or repealed,
including amendments which alter the contract rights as expressly set
forth in the Charter of any class of stock outstanding, and other
provisions authorized by the Maryland General Corporation Law at the
time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time
prescribed by said Law, and all rights at any time conferred upon the
stockholders of the corporation by its Charter are granted subject to
the provisions of this Article and
the reservation of the right to amend the Charter herein contained.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have adopted and signed these Articles
of Incorporation and do hereby acknowledge that the adoption and signing
are my act.

Dated:  August 25, 1995



                              _____________________________



                                  FORM OF
                                  BY-LAWS
                                    OF
                    Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.
                         (A Maryland Corporation)

                      ______________________________


                                 ARTICLE I

                               STOCKHOLDERS

          1.   Certificates Representing Stock.  Certificates
representing shares of stock shall set forth thereon the statements
prescribed by Section 2-211 of the Maryland General Corporation Law
("General Corporation Law") and by any other applicable provision of law
and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice
President and countersigned by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and may be sealed with the
corporate seal.  The signatures of any such officers may be either manual
or facsimile signatures and the corporate seal may be either facsimile or
any other form of seal.  In case any such officer who has signed manually
or by facsimile any such certificate ceases to be such officer before the
certificate is issued, it nevertheless may be issued by the corporation
with the same effect as if the officer had not ceased to be such officer
as of the date of its issue.

          No certificate representing shares of stock shall be issued for
any share of stock until such share is fully paid, except as otherwise
authorized in Section 2-206 of the General Corporation Law.

          The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place
of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require, in its
discretion, the owner of any such certificate or his legal representative
to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the corporation to indemnify it
against any loss or claim that may arise by reason of the issuance of a new
certificate.

          2.   Share Transfers.  Upon compliance with provisions
restricting the transferability of shares of stock, if any, transfers of
shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer
books of the corporation by the record holder thereof or by his attorney
thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the
Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if
any, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares
of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

          3.   Record Date for Stockholders.  The Board of Directors may
fix, in advance, a date as the record date for the purpose of determining
stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of
stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend
or the allotment of any rights or in order to make a determination of
stockholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall
be not more than 90 days, and in case of a meeting of stockholders not less
than 10 days, prior to the date on which the meeting or particular action
requiring such determination of stockholders is to be held or taken.  In
lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the
stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed
20 days.  If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose of
determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting
of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least 10 days
immediately preceding such meeting.  If no record date is fixed and the
stock transfer books are not closed for the determination of stockholders:
(1) The record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close
of business on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the day
30 days before the meeting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting;
and (2) The record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any rights shall be at the
close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board of
Directors declaring the dividend or allotment of rights is adopted,
provided that the payment or allotment date shall not be more than 60 days
after the date on which the resolution is adopted.

          4.   Meaning of Certain Terms.  As used herein in respect of
the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to
participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of
a meeting, as the case may be, the term "share of stock" or "shares of
stock" or "stockholder" or "stockholders" refers to an outstanding share
or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding
shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class
of shares of stock and said reference also is intended to include any
outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record
of outstanding shares of stock of any class or series upon which or upon
whom the Articles of Incorporation confers such rights where there are two
or more classes or series of shares or upon which or upon whom the General
Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the Articles of
Incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of
stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder.

          5.   Stockholder Meetings.

          Annual Meetings.  If a meeting of the stockholders of the
corporation is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
to elect the directors, then there shall be submitted to the stockholders
at such meeting the question of the election of directors, and a meeting
called for that purpose shall be designated the annual meeting of
stockholders for that year.  In other years in which no action by
stockholders is required for the aforesaid election of directors, no annual
meeting need be held.

          Special Meetings.  Special stockholder meetings for any purpose
may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the Board
of Directors or the President and shall be called by the Secretary for the
purpose of removing a Director and for all other purposes whenever the
holders of shares entitled to at least twenty five percent (25%) of all the
votes entitled to be cast at such meeting shall make a duly authorized
request that such meeting be called.  Such request shall state the purpose
of such meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on thereat, and no
other business shall be transacted at any such special meeting.  In
addition, the Directors will promptly call a meeting of shareholders for
the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any Director when
requested to do so in writing by the recordholders of not less than ten
percent (10%) of the Company's outstanding shares.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, unless requested by stockholders entitled to cast a majority of
the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, a special meeting of the
stockholders need not be called at the request of stockholders to consider
any matter that is substantially the same as a matter voted on at any
special meeting of the stockholders held during the preceding twelve (12)
months.  

          Place and Time.  Stockholder meetings shall be held at such
place, either within the State of Maryland or at such other place within
the United States, and at such date or dates as the directors from time to
time may fix.

          Notice or Actual or Constructive Waiver of Notice.   Written
or printed notice of all meetings shall be given by the Secretary and shall
state the time and place of the meeting.  The notice of a special meeting
shall state in all instances the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called.  Written or printed notice of any meeting shall be given to each
stockholder either by mail or by presenting it to him personally or by
leaving it at his residence or usual place of business not less than ten
days and not more than ninety days before the date of the meeting, unless
any provisions of the General Corporation Law shall prescribe a different
elapsed period of time, to each stockholder at his address appearing on the
books of the corporation or the address supplied by him for the purpose of
notice.  If mailed, notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in
the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at his post office
address as it appears on the records of the corporation with postage
thereon prepaid.  Whenever any notice of the time, place or purpose of any
meeting of stockholders is required to be given under the provisions of
these by-laws or of the General Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in
writing, signed by the stockholder and filed with the records of the
meeting, whether before or after the holding thereof, or actual attendance
or representation at the meeting shall be deemed equivalent to the giving
of such notice to such stockholder.  The foregoing requirements of notice
also shall apply, whenever the corporation shall have any class of stock
which is not entitled to vote, to holders of stock who are not entitled to
vote at the meeting, but who are entitled to notice thereof and to dissent
from any action taken thereat.

          Statement of Affairs.  The President of the corporation or, if
the Board of Directors shall determine otherwise, some other executive
officer thereof, shall prepare or cause to be prepared annually a full and
correct statement of the affairs of the corporation, including a balance
sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding fiscal
year, which shall be filed at the principal office of the corporation in
the State of Maryland.

          Conduct of Meeting.  Meetings of the stockholders shall be
presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority
and if present and acting: the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice
President or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting,
by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders.  The Secretary of the
corporation or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as
secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant
Secretary is present the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary
of the meeting.

          Proxy Representation.  Every stockholder may authorize another
person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a
stockholder is entitled to participate, whether for the purposes of
determining his presence at a meeting, or whether by waiving notice of any
meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, expressing consent or
dissent without a meeting or otherwise.  Every proxy shall be executed in
writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact and
filed with the Secretary of the corporation.  No unrevoked proxy shall be
valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless a longer
time is expressly provided therein.

          Inspectors of Election.  The directors, in advance of any
meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the
meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are not
appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint
one or more inspectors.  In case any person who may be appointed as an
inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment
made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the
person presiding thereat.  Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the
discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully
the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and
according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors, if any, shall
determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each,
the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the
validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or
consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in
connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots
or consents, determine the result and do such acts as are proper to conduct
the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.  On request of the
person presiding at the meeting or any stockholder, the inspector or
inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge,
question or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of
any fact found by him or them.

          Voting.  Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof
to one vote with respect to each matter on which he is entitled to vote
under the Articles of Incorporation, except in the election of directors,
at which each said vote may be cast for as many persons as there are
directors to be elected.  Except for election of directors, a majority of
the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders, duly called and at which a
quorum is present, shall be sufficient to take or authorize action upon any
matter which may come before a meeting, unless more than a majority of
votes cast is required by the corporation's Articles of Incorporation or
by law.  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum
is present shall be sufficient to elect a director.

          Quorum.  At any meeting of stockholders the presence in person
or by proxy of one-third of the shares of stock of the corporation entitled
to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum, the
stockholders present in person or by proxy, by majority vote and without
notice other than by announcement at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting
from time to time, but not for a period exceeding 120 days after the
original record date until a quorum shall attend.

          Adjourned Meetings.  A meeting of stockholders convened on the
date for which it is called (including one adjourned to achieve a quorum
as above provided) may be adjourned from time to time without further
notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, and
any business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting which could have
been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

          6.   Informal Action.   Any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth such action, is signed by all the
stockholders entitled to vote on the subject matter thereof and any other
stockholders entitled to notice of a meeting of stockholders (but not to
vote thereat) have waived in writing any rights which they may have to
dissent from such action and such consent and waiver are filed with the
records of the corporation.

                                ARTICLE II

                            BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          1.   Functions and Definition.  The business and affairs of
the corporation shall be managed under the direction of a Board of
Directors.  The use of the phrase "entire board" herein refers to the total
number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no
vacancies.

          2.   Qualifications and Number.  Each director shall be a
natural person being at least eighteen years of age.  A director need not
be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States or a resident of the State
of Maryland.  The initial Board of Directors shall consist of ten persons. 
Thereafter, the number of directors constituting the entire board shall
never be less than three or the number of shareholders, whichever is less. 
At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose,
a majority of the entire Board of Directors may increase or decrease the
number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less
than three or the number of shareholders, whichever is less, nor more than
twenty and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall
not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.

          3.   Election and Term.  The first Board of Directors shall
consist of the directors named in the Articles of Incorporation and shall
hold office until the first meeting of stockholders or until their
successors have been elected and qualified.  Thereafter, directors who are
elected at a meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the
interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold
office until their successors have been elected and qualified.  Newly
created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, other
than vacancies resulting from the removal of directors by the stockholders,
may be filled by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of the
Investment Company Act of 1940.  Newly created directorships filled by the
Board of Directors shall be by action of a majority of the entire Board of
Directors prior to board expansion.  All vacancies to be filled by the
Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of
the Board of Directors, although such majority is less than a quorum
thereof.

          4.   Meetings.

          Time.  Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall
fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held
as soon after its election as the directors conveniently may assemble.

          Place.  Meetings shall be held at such place within or without
the State of Maryland as shall be fixed by the Board.

          Call.  No call shall be required for regular meetings for which
the time and place have been fixed.  Special meetings may be called by or
at the direction of the President or of a majority of the directors in
office.

          Notice or Actual or Constructive Waiver.  Whenever any notice
of the time, place or purpose of any meeting of directors or any committee
thereof is required to be given under the provisions of the General
Corporation Law or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed
by the director or committee member entitled to such notice and filed with
the records of the meeting, whether before or after the holding thereof,
or actual attendance at the meeting shall be deemed equivalent to the
giving of such notice to such director or such committee member.

          Quorum and Action.  One third of the entire Board of Directors
(but in no event less than two Directors unless there is only one Director)
shall constitute a quorum.  A majority of the directors present, whether
or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and
place.  Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Articles of
Incorporation, the General Corporation Law, the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended, or these by-laws, the action of a majority of the
directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the
action of the Board of Directors.

          Chairman of the Meeting.  The Chairman of the Board, if any and
if present and acting, or the President or any other director chosen by the
Board, shall preside at all meetings.

          5.   Removal of Directors.  Any or all of the directors may
be removed for cause or without cause by the stockholders, who may elect
a successor or successors to fill any resulting vacancy or vacancies for
the unexpired term of the removed director or directors.

          6.   Committees.  The Board of Directors may appoint from
among its members an Executive Committee and other committees composed of
two or more directors and may delegate to such committee or committees, in
the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, any or all of the
powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the corporation to the extent permitted by law.  In the absence
of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any
meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint a member of
the Board of Directors to act in the place of such absent member.

          7.   Informal Action.  Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof
may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to such action is
signed by all members of the Board of Directors or any such committee, as
the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the
proceedings of the Board or any such committee.

          8.   Telephone Meeting.  Members of the Board of Directors or
any committee designated thereby may participate in a meeting of such Board
or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can
hear each other at the same time.  Participation by such means shall
constitute presence in person at a meeting.


                                ARTICLE III

                                 OFFICERS

          The corporation may have a Chairman of the Board and shall have
a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, who shall be elected by the Board
of Directors, and may have such other officers, assistant officers and
agents as the Board of Directors shall authorize from time to time.  Any
two or more offices, except those of President and Vice President, may be
held by the same person, but no person shall execute, acknowledge or verify
any instrument in more than one capacity, if such instrument is required
by law to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers.

          Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors
whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the corporation will be
served thereby.


                                 ARTICLE IV

             PRINCIPAL OFFICE - RESIDENT AGENT - STOCK LEDGER

          The address of the principal office of the corporation in the
State of Maryland is 11 East Chase Street, Suite 9E, c/o CSC-Lawyers
Incorporating Service Company, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  The name and
address of the resident agent in the State of Maryland are: CSC-Lawyers
Incorporating Service Company, 11 East Chase Street, Suite 9E, Baltimore,
Maryland 21202.

          The corporation shall maintain, at its principal office in the
State of Maryland prescribed by the General Corporation Law or at the
business office or an agency of the corporation, an original or duplicate
stock ledger containing the names and addresses of all stockholders and the
number of shares of each class held by each stockholder.  Such stock ledger
may be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into
written form within a reasonable time for visual inspection.

          The corporation shall keep at said principal office in the
State of Maryland the original or a certified copy of the by-laws,
including all amendments thereto, and shall duly file thereat the annual
statement of affairs of the corporation prescribed by Section 2-313 of the
General Corporation Law.


                                 ARTICLE V

                              CORPORATE SEAL

          The Board of Directors may provide a suitable corporate seal. 
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation
and shall be in such form and contain such other words and/or figures as
the Board of Directors shall determine or the law require.


                                ARTICLE VI

                                FISCAL YEAR

          The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall
be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.


                                 ARTICLE VII

                           CONTROL OVER BY-LAWS

          The power to make, alter, amend and repeal the by-laws is
vested in the Board of Directors of the corporation.


                               ARTICLE VIII

                              INDEMNIFICATION

          1.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  The
corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent that
indemnification of directors is permitted by the law.  The corporation
shall indemnify its officers to the same extent as its directors and to
such further extent as is consistent with law.  The corporation shall
indemnify its directors and officers who while serving as directors or
officers also serve at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or
employee benefit plan to the same extent as its directors and, in the case
of officers, to such further extent as is consistent with law.  The
indemnification and other rights provided by this Article shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure
to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. 
This Article shall not protect any such person against any liability to the
corporation or any stockholder thereof to which such person would otherwise
be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence
or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office
("disabling conduct").

          2.   Advances.  Any current or former director or officer of
the corporation seeking indemnification within the scope of this Article
shall be entitled to advances from the corporation for payment of the
reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the matter as to
which he is seeking indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent
permissible under the General Corporation Law.  The person seeking
indemnification shall provide to the corporation a written affirmation of
his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for
indemnification by the corporation has been met and a written undertaking
to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the
standard of conduct has not been met.  In addition, at least one of the
following additional conditions shall be met: (a) the person seeking
indemnification shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to
the corporation for his undertaking; (b) the corporation is insured against
losses arising by reason of the advance; or (c) a majority of a quorum of
directors of the corporation who are neither "interested persons" as
defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, nor parties to the proceeding ("disinterested non-party
directors"), or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have
determined, based on a review of facts readily available to the corporation
at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to
believe that the person seeking indemnification will ultimately be found
to be entitled to indemnification.

          3.   Procedure.  At the request of any person claiming
indemnification under this Article, the Board of Directors shall determine,
or cause to be determined, in a manner consistent with the General
Corporation Law, whether the standards required by this Article have been
met.  Indemnification shall be made only following: (a) a final decision
on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was
brought that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of
disabling conduct or (b) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable
determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the person to be
indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct by (i) the vote
of a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party directors or (ii) an
independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

          4.   Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  Employees and
agents who are not officers or directors of the corporation may be
indemnified, and reasonable expenses may be advanced to such employees or
agents, as may be provided by action of the Board of Directors or by
contract, subject to any limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended.

          5.   Other Rights.  The Board of Directors may make further
provision consistent with law for indemnification and advance of expenses
to directors, officers, employees and agents by resolution, agreement or
otherwise.  The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other right, with respect to indemnification or
otherwise, to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any
insurance or other agreement or resolution of stockholders or disinterested
non-party directors or otherwise.

          6.   Amendments.  References in this Article are to the
General Corporation Law and to the Investment Company Act of 1940 as from
time to time amended.  No amendment of the by-laws shall affect any right
of any person under this Article based on any event, omission or proceeding
prior to the amendment.



Dated: September   , 1995
     

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.
                   LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND SERIES
            INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

THIS CERTIFIES that                                         is the owner of

                               *SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                 ___________________________________
                                | CUSIP                             |
                                |___________________________________|

fully paid and non-assesable shares of COMMON STOCK of the par value of
$.001 each of Lexington SmallCap Value Fund Series of LEXINGTON SMALLCAP 
VALUE FUND, INC. transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the 
holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of 
this Certificate properly endorsed.  
The Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of capital 
stock and to redeem shares of capital stock in certain circumstances upon
notice to the holder of record. The Corporation will furnish a full 
statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, 
qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of 
each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue to any stockholder
on request and without charge.
This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent 
of the Corporation. 
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures 
of its duly authorized officers.
                     
                       COUNTERSIGNED: NATIONAL FINANCIAL DATA SERVICES
                       SERVICING AGENT FOR STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                       P.O. BOX 419648 KANSAS CITY, MO 84141-6648

                       BY_____________________________________________________
                                                            AUTHORIZED OFFICER

                     LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.             
                                  CORPORATE  
                                    SEAL                     
LISA CURCIO                         1995                 ROBERT M. DEMICHELE
 SECRETARY                        MARYLAND                    PRESIDENT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          PLEASE DETACH AND DISCARD UNLESS CHANGES ARE DISCOVERED
                     LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.

NUMBER                                                  SHARES
KCK

ACCOUNT NO.      ALPHA CODE          DEALER NO.           CONFIRM NO.

TRADE DATE                           CONFIRM DATE         BATCH I.D. NO.

              CHANGE NOTICE: IF THE ABOVE INFORMATION IS INCORRECT OR MISSING,
              PLEASE PRINT THE CORRECT INFORMATION BELOW, AND RETURN TO:
                      National Financial Data Services
                      Servicing Agent for State Street Bank and Trust Company
                      P.O. Box 419648 
                      Kansas City, MO 64141-6648
                      ________________________________________________________
                      ________________________________________________________
                      ________________________________________________________
                      IDENT. OR SOC. SEC. NO._________________________________

<PAGE>
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in
full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common       
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of
          survivorship and not as tenants
          in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______ Custodian______
                    (Cust)          (Minor)
                    under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                    Act _________________________
                                 (State)
           
  Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.  

  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, I/We hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
         NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 _____________________________________
|                                     |
|_____________________________________|

_________________________________________________________________________
         PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE
_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________(________________) shares

of Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint
___________________________________________________________________attorney,
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation 
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated_______________________     Signature(s)_______________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED
BY                                       
                                       _______________________________
                                      (THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT
                                       MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS 
                                       WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS 
                                       CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, 
                                       WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT,
                                       OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.)

                                       This certificate is transferable
                                       or redeemable at the offices of the
                                       Transfer Agent.

The Signature Guarantee must be by a Trust Company or a Commercial Bank
that is a member firm of the F.D.I.C. or by a member firm of the New York, 
Boston, Midwest or Pacific Stock Exchanges. NOTARIZATION BY A NOTARY PUBLIC 
IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.



                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is made this          day of _____________, 1995 by
and between LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC. a Maryland Corporation
having its principal place of business at Park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle
Brook, New Jersey 07663 (the "Fund") and LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, 
a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at Park 80
West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663 (the "Adviser"), with
respect to the following recital of fact:

                                RECITAL

     The Fund and the Adviser desire to enter into an agreement to provide
for the management of the Fund's assets on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   Management.    The Adviser shall act as investment adviser for the
Fund and shall, in such capacity, supervise the investment and reinvestment
of the cash, securities or other properties comprising the Fund's assets
subject at all times to the policies and control of the Fund's Board of
Directors.  The Adviser shall give the Fund the benefit of its best
judgment, efforts and facilities in rendering its services as investment
Advisor.

     2.   Investment Analysis and Implementation.  In carrying out its
obligation under paragraph 1 hereof, the Adviser shall:

     (a)  obtain and evaluate pertinent information about significant
developments and economic, statistical and financial data, domestic,
foreign or otherwise, whether affecting the economy generally or the
portfolio of the Fund, the individual companies whose securities are
included in the Fund's portfolio or the industries in which they engage,
or with respect to securities which the Adviser considers desirable for
inclusion in the Fund's portfolio; and

     (b)  determine what industries and companies shall be represented
in the Fund's portfolio and regularly report them to the Fund's Board of
Directors; and

     (c)  formulate and implement programs for the purchases and sales
of the securities of such companies and regularly report thereon to the
Fund's Board of Directors; and

     (d)  provide the services of its personnel to the Fund; and

     (e)  take, on behalf of the Fund, all actions which appear to the
Fund necessary to carry into effect such purchase and sale programs and
supervisory functions as aforesaid, including the placing of orders for the
purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

     3.   Appointment of Sub-Adviser.  Subject to the approval of the
Board and the shareholders of the Fund, the Adviser may enter into a Sub-
Advisory Agreement to engage a Sub-Adviser to the Adviser with respect to
the Fund.  The Sub-Adviser shall render investment management services to
the Advisor in connection with the Adviser s responsibility to the Fund on
the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

          a.   Duties of Sub-Adviser.  
               Under a Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall:
               1.  provide the Adviser with such economic research and
     securities analysis as the Adviser may from time to time consider
     necessary or advisable in connection with the Adviser s performance
     of its duties hereunder;
               2.  obtain and evaluate pertinent information about
     significant development and economic, statistical and financial data,
     domestic, foreign or otherwise, whether affecting the economy
     generally or the Fund.

          b.   Duties of the Adviser.
               In the event the Adviser delegates certain
     responsibilities hereunder to a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser shall, among
     other things:
               1.  monitor the investment program maintained by the Sub-
     Adviser for the Fund to ensure that the Fund s assets are invested
     in compliance with the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Fund s
     Registration Statement;
               2.  consult with and assist the Sub-Adviser in
     maintaining appropriate policies, procedures and records so that the
     Sub-Adviser operates its business and any investment program
     hereunder in compliance with applicable laws;
               3.  establish and maintain periodic communications with
     the Sub-Adviser to share information it obtains with the Sub-Adviser
     concerning the effect of developments and data on the investment
     program maintained by the Sub-Adviser; and
               4.  oversee matters relating to Fund promotion, marketing
     materials and the Sub-Adviser s reports to the Board.

     4.   Broker Dealer Relationships.

          a.  Portfolio Trades.  The Adviser, at its own expense, shall
     place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities
     for the Fund with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, which
     may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Adviser.  The
     Adviser shall use its best efforts to seek to execute portfolio
     transactions at prices that are advantageous to the Fund and at
     commission rates that are reasonable in relation to the benefits
     received.

          b.  Selection of Broker-Dealers.  In selecting broker-dealers
     qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers or dealers may
     be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as
     those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934, as amended) to the Fund and/or the other accounts which
     the Adviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion.  The
     Adviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such
     brokerage and research services a commission for executing a
     portfolio transactions for the Fund that is in excess of the amount
     of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for
     effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in good faith
     that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value
     of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer.  This determination may be viewed in terms of either that
     particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the
     Adviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which
     they exercise investment discretion.  The Board shall periodically
     review the commissions paid by the Fund to determine if the
     commissions paid over representative periods of time were reasonable
     in relation to the benefits received.

     5.   Control by Board of Directors.  Any investment program
undertaken by the Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any other
activities undertaken by the Adviser on behalf of the Fund pursuant
thereto, shall at all times be subject to any directives of the Board of
Directors of the Fund.

     6.   Compliance with Applicable Requirements.  In carrying out its
obligations under this Agreement, the Adviser shall at all times conform
to:

     (a)  all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940
(the "Act") and any rules and regulations adopted thereunder as amended;
and

     (b)  the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Fund under
the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended; and

     (c)  the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund;
and

     (d)  the provisions of the By-Laws of the Fund; and

     (e)  any other applicable provisions of state and federal law.

     7.   Expenses.  The expenses connected with the Fund shall be
allocable between the Fund and the Adviser as follows:

     (a)  The Adviser shall maintain, at its expense and without cost to
the Fund, a trading function in order to carry out its obligations under
subparagraph (d) of paragraph 2 hereof to place orders for the purchase and
sale of portfolio securities for the Fund.

     (b)  The Adviser shall pay the Fund's expenses for office rent,
utilities, telephone, furniture and supplies utilized at the Fund's
principal office.

     (c)  The Adviser shall pay salaries and payroll expenses of persons
serving as officers or Directors of the Fund who are also employees of the
Adviser or any of its affiliates.

     (d)  Nothing in subparagraph (a) through (e) hereof shall be
construed to require the Adviser to bear other expenses.

     (e)  Any of the other expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund
shall be borne by the Fund, including, among other things, fees of its
custodian, transfer and shareholder servicing agent; cost of pricing and
calculating its daily net asset value and of maintaining its books and
accounts required by the Investment Company act of 1940; expenditures in
connection with meetings of the Fund's Directors and shareholders, except
those called to accommodate the Advisor; fees and expenses of Directors who
are not affiliated with or interested persons of the Advisor; in
maintaining registration of its shares under state securities laws or in
providing shareholder and dealer services; insurance premiums on property
or personnel of the Fund which inure to its benefit; costs of preparing and
printing reports, proxy statements and prospectuses of the Fund for
distribution to its shareholders; legal, auditing and accounting fees; fees
and expenses of registering and maintaining registration of its shares for
sales under Federal and applicable state securities laws; and all other
expenses in connection with issuance, registration and transfer of its
shares.

     8.   Compensation.  The Fund shall pay the Adviser in full
compensation for services rendered hereunder an annual investment advisory
fee, payable monthly equal to 1.00% of the Fund's average daily net assets.

     9.   Expense Limitation.  If, for any fiscal year, the total of all
ordinary business expenses of the Fund, including all investment advisory
fees but excluding brokerage commissions and fees, taxes, interest and
extraordinary expenses such as litigation, would exceed the most
restrictive expense limits imposed by any statute or regulatory authority
of any jurisdiction in which the Fund's securities are offered as
determined in the manner described above as of the close of business on
each business day during such fiscal year, the aggregate of all such
investment management fees shall be reduced by the amount of such excess
but will not be required to reimburse the Fund for any ordinary business
expenses which exceed the amount of its advisory fee for the such fiscal
year.  The amount of any such reduction to be borne by the Adviser shall
be deducted from the monthly investment advisory fee otherwise payable to
the Adviser during such fiscal year; and if such amount should exceed such
monthly fee, the Adviser agrees to repay to the Fund such amount of its
investment management fee previously received with respect to such fiscal
year as may be required to make up the deficiency no later than the last
day of the first month of the next succeeding fiscal year.  For purposes
of this paragraph, the term "fiscal year" shall exclude the portion of the
current fiscal year which shall have elapsed prior to the date hereof and
shall include the portion of the then current fiscal year which shall have
elapsed at the date of termination of this Agreement.

     10.  Additional Services.  Upon the request of the Board, the
Adviser may perform certain accounting, shareholder servicing or other
administrative services on behalf of the Fund that are not required by this
Agreement.  Such services will be performed on behalf of the Fund and the
Adviser may receive from the Fund such reimbursement for costs or
reasonable compensation for such services as may be agreed upon between the
Adviser and the Board on a finding by the Board that the provision of such
services by the Adviser is in the best interests of the Fund and its
shareholders.  Payment or assumption by the Adviser of any Fund expense
that the Adviser is not otherwise required to pay or assume under this
Agreement shall not relieve the Adviser of any of its obligations to the
Fund nor obligate the Adviser to pay or assume any similar Fund expense on
any subsequent occasions.  Such services may include, but are not limited
to, (a) the services of a principal financial officer of the Fund
(including applicable office space, facilities and equipment) whose normal
duties consist of maintaining the financial accounts and books and records
of the Fund, and the services (including applicable office space,
facilities and equipment) of any of the personnel operating under the
direction of such principal financial officer; (b) the services of staff
to respond to shareholder inquiries concerning the status of their
accounts; providing assistance to shareholders in exchanges among the
investment companies managed or advised by the Adviser; changing account
designations or changing addresses; assisting in the purchase or redemption
of shares; or otherwise providing services to shareholders of the Fund; and
(c) such other administrative services as may be furnished from time to
time by the Adviser to the Fund at the request of the Board.

     11.  Term and Approval.  This Agreement shall become effective at
the close of business on the date hereof and shall remain in force and
effect for two years and shall thereafter continue in force and effect from
year to year provided that such continuance is specifically approved at
least annually:

     (a)  (i) by the Fund's Board of Directors or (ii) by the vote of a
majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section
2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), and

     (b)  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors who are
not parties of this Agreement or interested persons of a party to the
Agreement (other than as Fund Directors), by votes cast in person at a
meeting specifically called for such purposes.

     12.  Termination.   This Agreement may be terminated at any time,
without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Fund's Board of
Directors or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting
securities or by the Advisor, on sixty (60) days' written notice to the
other party.  This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of
its assignment, the term  "assignment" for the purposes having the meaning
defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     13.  Non-Exclusivity.    The services of the Adviser to the Fund are
not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Adviser shall be free to render
investment management and corporate administrative or other services to
others (including other investment companies) and to engage in other
activities, so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired
thereby.  It is understood and agreed that officers and directors of the
Adviser may serve as officers or Directors of the Fund, and that officers
or Directors of the Fund may serve as officers or Directors of the Adviser
to extent permitted by law; and that the officers and directors of the
Adviser are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or
from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners,
officers, directors or Directors of any other firm or corporation,
including other investment companies.

     14.  Liability of Adviser and Indemnification.  In the absence of
willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser or any of its
officers, directors or employees, it shall not be subject to liability to
the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the
course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any
losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any
security.

     15.  Notices.  Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing,
addressed and delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such
address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notice. 
Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of
the Adviser shall be Park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey
07663, and that of the Fund for this purpose shall be Park 80 West, Plaza
Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663.

     16.  Questions of Interpretation.  Any question of interpretation
of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or
otherwise derived from a term or provision of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, shall be resolved by reference to such term or
provision of the Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United
States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such
court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Securities and Exchange
Commission issued pursuant to said Act.  In addition, where the effect of
a requirement of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, reflected
in any provision of this Agreement is released by rules, regulations or
order of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such provisions shall be
deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the day and year
first above written.
     
                                   LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.


Attest:                            By_______________________________
                                             President 
_________________________


                                   LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


                                   By______________________________   
                                        Executive Vice President
Attest

_________________________



                        SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT is made this        day of __________, 1995 by and
between LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Adviser"), and CAPITAL TECHNOLOGY, INC., a North Carolina corporation (the
"Sub-Adviser"), with respect to the following recital of fact:

                             R E C I T A L

     WHEREAS, Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc. (the "Fund") is
registered as an open-end, diversified management investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

     WHEREAS, the Adviser is registered as an investment advisor under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and engages in the business
of acting as an investment advisor; and

     WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and engages in the
business of acting as an investment advisor; and

     WHEREAS, the Fund is authorized to issue shares of common stock $.001
par value; and

     WHEREAS, the Fund and the Adviser have entered into an agreement of
even date herewith to provide for management services for the Fund on the
terms and conditions set forth therein (the "Investment Advisory
Agreement"); and 

     WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser proposes to render investment management
services to the Adviser in connection with the Adviser's responsibilities
to the Fund on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   Duties.  The Sub-Adviser shall:
          (a)  Provide the Adviser with such economic research and
               securities analysis as the Adviser may from time to time
               consider necessary.
          (b)  Obtain and evaluate pertinent information about
               significant developments and economic, statistical and
               financial data, domestic, foreign or otherwise, whether
               affecting the economy generally or the Fund.

     2.   Broker-Dealer Relationships.
          a.  Portfolio Trades.  The Adviser and Sub-Adviser at their own
expense, shall place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio
securities for the Fund with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser,
and Sub Adviser which may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the
Adviser or Sub-Adviser.  The Adviser and Sub-Adviser shall use their best
efforts to seek to execute portfolio transactions at prices that are
advantageous to the Fund and at commission rates that are reasonable in
relation to the benefits received.
          b.  Selection of Broker-Dealers.  In selecting broker-dealers
qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers or dealers may be
selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms
are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended) to the Fund and/or the other accounts which the Adviser, Sub-
Adviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion.  The Adviser and
Sub-Adviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such
brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio
transaction for the Fund that is in excess of the amount of commission
another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction
if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is
reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services
provided by such broker or dealer.  This determination may be viewed in
terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities
that the Adviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over
which they exercise investment discretion.  The Board shall periodically
review the commissions paid by the Fund to determine if the commissions
paid over representative periods of time were reasonable in relation to the
benefits received.

     3.   Control by Board of Directors.  Any investment program
undertaken by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any
other activities undertaken by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund
pursuant thereto, shall at all times be subject to any directives of the
Board of Directors of the Fund.

     4.   Compliance with Applicable Requirements.  In carrying out its
obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall at all times
conform to:
     (a)  all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act; and
     (b)  the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Fund under
the Securities Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act; and
     (c)  the provisions of the Fund's Agreement and Articles of
Incorporation and
     (d)  the provisions of the By-Laws of the Fund; and
     (e)  any other applicable provisions of state and federal law.

     5.   Expenses.  The expenses connected with the Fund shall be borne
by the Sub-Adviser as follows:
     (a)  The Sub-Adviser shall pay the salaries and payroll expenses of
persons serving as officers or Directors of the Fund who are also employees
of the Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates.

     6.   Delegation of Responsibilities.  Upon request of the Adviser
and with the approval of the Fund's Board of Directors the Sub-Adviser may
perform services on behalf of the Fund which are not required by this
Agreement.  Such services will be performed on behalf of the Fund and the
Sub-Adviser's cost in rendering such services may be billed monthly to the
Adviser, subject to examination by the Adviser's independent accountants. 
Payment or assumption by the Sub-Adviser of any Fund expense that the Sub-
Adviser is not required to pay or assume under this Agreement shall not
relieve the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser of any of their obligations to the
Fund or obligate the Sub-Adviser to pay or assume any similar Fund expense
on any subsequent occasions.

     7.   Compensation.  For the services to be rendered and the
facilities furnished hereunder, the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser
monthly compensation of the sum of the amount determined by applying the
following annual rate to the Fund's average daily net assets net of
reimbursement:  0.50% of the Fund's annual average daily net assets.
Compensation under this Agreement shall be paid monthly.  If this Agreement
becomes effective subsequent to the first day of the month or shall
terminate before the last day of the month, compensation for that part of
the month this Agreement is in effect shall be prorated in a manner
consistent with the calculation for the preceding month and shall be made
as promptly as possible after the end of each month.

     8.   Expense Limitation.  If, for any fiscal year, the total of all
ordinary business expenses of the Fund, including all investment advisory
fees but excluding brokerage commissions and fees, taxes, interest and
extraordinary expenses such as litigation, would exceed the most
restrictive expense limits imposed by any statute or regulatory authority
of any jurisdiction in which the Fund's securities are offered as
determined in the manner described above as of the close of business on
each business day during such fiscal year, the aggregate of all such
investment management fees shall be reduced by the amount of such excess. 
The amount of any such reduction to be borne by the  Sub-Adviser shall be
deducted from the monthly investment advisory fee otherwise payable to the
Sub-Adviser during such fiscal year; and if such amount should exceed such
monthly fee, the Sub-Adviser agrees to repay to the Adviser such amount of
its investment advisory fee previously received with respect to such fiscal
year as may be required to make up the deficiency no later than the last
day of the first month of the next succeeding fiscal year.  The Sub-Adviser
will not be required to reimburse the Fund for any ordinary business
expenses which exceed the amount of its Sub-Advisory fee for said fiscal
year.  For purposes of this paragraph, the term "fiscal year" shall exclude
the portion of the current fiscal year which shall have elapsed prior to
the date hereof and shall include the portion of the then current fiscal
year which shall have elapsed at the date of termination of this Agreement.

     9.   Term.  This Agreement shall become effective at the close of
business on the date hereof and shall remain in force and effect, subject
to Section 11 hereof for two years from the date hereof.

     10.  Renewal.  Following the expiration of its initial two year
term, this Agreement shall continue in force and effect from year to year,
provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually.
     (a)  (i) by the Fund's Board of Directors or (ii) by the vote of a
majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section
2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), and
     (b)  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors who are
not parties of this Agreement or interested persons of a party to the
Agreement (other than as a Director of the Fund), by votes cast in person
at a meeting specifically called for such purposes.

     11.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time,
without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Fund's Board of
Directors or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting
securities or by the Sub-Adviser on sixty (60) days' written notice to the
other party.  This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of
its assignment, the term "assignment" for the purposes having the meaning
defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     12.  Liability of the Sub-Adviser.  In the absence of willful
misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence on the part of the Sub-Adviser or
its officers, directors or employees, or reckless disregard by the Sub-
Adviser of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not be
liable to the Adviser, the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any
act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services
hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding
or sale of any security, provided the Sub-Adviser has acted in good faith.

     13.  Notices.  Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing,
addressed and delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such
address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notice. 
Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of
the Adviser shall be Park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 
07663, and that of the Sub-Adviser for this purpose shall be  CAPITAL
TECHNOLOGY, INC., 8314 Pineville-Matthews Road, Suite 295, Charlotte, North
Carolina 28247-2428.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the day and year
first above written.


                                   LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION   



Attest:                                      By                             
                                             ________________________ 
                                             Executive Vice President


                                                 

                                   CAPITAL TECHNOLOGY, INC.



Attest:                                      By                             
                                             ________________________
                                             President

                                                 



  
                         DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                between

                  LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC. 

                                  and

                   LEXINGTON FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR, INC.

     THIS AGREEMENT made this _______ day of _______________ ,1995 by and
between LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC. , a Maryland Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as the "Fund"), and LEXINGTON FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR,
INC., a Delaware Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Distributor").

                          W I T N E S S E T H:
     In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

     FIRST:  The Fund hereby appoints the Distributor as its exclusive
underwriter to promote the sale and to arrange for the sale of shares of
common stock of the Fund in jurisdictions wherein shares may legally be
offered for sale.
     The Fund agrees to sell and deliver its unissued shares, as from time
to time shall be effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
upon the terms hereinafter set forth.

     SECOND:  The Fund hereby authorizes the Distributor, subject to law
and the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund, to accept, for the account
of the Fund, orders for the purchase of its shares, satisfactory to the
Distributor, as of the time of receipt of such orders or as otherwise
described in the then current prospectus of the Fund.

     THIRD:  The public offering price of such shares shall be based on the
net asset value per share (as determined by the Fund) of the outstanding
shares of the Fund.  The net asset value shall be regularly determined on
every business day as of the time of closing of the New York Stock Exchange. 
It is expected that the New York Stock Exchange will be closed on Saturdays
and Sundays and on New Year's Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial
Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas.  The
public offering price shall become effective as set forth from time to time
in the Fund's current prospectus; such net asset value shall also be
regularly determined, and the public offering price based thereon shall
become effective, as of such other times for the regular determination of
net asset value as may be required or permitted by rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  The Fund shall furnish the Distributor, with all possible
promptness, a statement of each computation of net asset value, and of the
details entering into such computation.
     The Distributor may, and when requested by the Fund shall, suspend its
efforts to effectuate sales of the shares of common stock at any time when
in the opinion of the Distributor or of the Fund no sales should be made
because of market or other economic considerations or abnormal circumstances
of any kind.
     The Fund may withdraw the offering of its common stock (i) at any time
with the consent of the Distributor, or (ii) without such consent when so
required by the provisions of any statute or of any order, rule or
regulation of any governmental body or securities exchange having
jurisdiction.  It is mutually understood and agreed that the Distributor
does not undertake to sell all or any specific portion of the shares of
common stock of the Fund.

     FOURTH:  The Distributor agrees that it will use its best efforts with
reasonable promptness to promote and sell shares of the Fund; but so long
as it does so, nothing herein contained shall prevent the Distributor from
entering into similar arrangements with other funds and to engage in other
activities.  The Fund reserves the right to issue shares in connection with
any merger or consolidation of the Fund with any other investment company
or any personal holding company or in connection with offers of exchange
exempted from Section 11(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     FIFTH:  Upon a receipt by the Fund at its principal place of business
or other place designated by the Fund of an order from the Distributor,
together with delivery instructions, the Fund shall, as promptly as
practicable, cause the shareholder's account or certificates for the shares
called for in such order to be credited or delivered in such amount and in
such names as shall be specified by the Distributor, against payment
therefor in such manner as may be acceptable to the Fund.

     SIXTH:  All sales literature and advertisements used by the
Distributor in connection with sales of the shares of the Fund shall be
subject to the approval of the Fund.  The Fund authorizes the Distributor
in connection with the sale or arranging for the sales of its shares to give
only such information and to make only such statements or representations
as are contained in the current prospectus and statement of additional
information or in sales literature or advertisements approved by the Fund
or in such financial statements and reports as are furnished to the
Distributor pursuant to this Agreement.  The Fund shall not be responsible
in any way for any information, statements or representatives given or made
by the Distributor or its representatives or agents other than such
information, statements or representations contained in the then current
prospectus and statement of additional information or other financial
statements of the Fund.

     SEVENTH:  The Distributor as agent of the Fund is authorized, subject
to the direction of the Fund, to accept shares for redemption at their net
asset value, determined as prescribed in the then current prospectus of the
Fund.  The Fund shall reimburse the Distributor monthly for its out-of-
pocket expenses reasonably incurred for carrying out the foregoing
authorization, but the Distributor shall not be entitled to any commissions
or other compensation in respect to such redemptions.

     EIGHTH:  The Fund shall bear:
     (A) the expenses of qualification of the shares for sale in connection
with such public offerings in such states as shall be selected by the
Distributor and of continuing the qualification continued; and
     (B) all legal expenses in connection with the foregoing.

     NINTH:  The Distributor shall bear:
     (A) the expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and
statements of additional information (other than those prospectuses and
statements of additional information required by applicable laws and
regulations to be distributed to the Fund's shareholders by the Fund) and
any other promotional or sales literature which are used by the Distributor
or furnished by the Distributor to purchasers or dealers in connection with
the Distributor's activities pursuant to this Agreement;
     (B) expenses of any advertising used by the Distributor in connection
with such public offering; and
     (C) all legal expenses in connection with the foregoing.

     TENTH:  The Distributor will accept orders for shares of the Fund only
to the extent of purchase orders actually received and not in excess of such
orders, and it will not avail itself of any opportunity of making a profit
by expediting or withholding orders.

     ELEVENTH:  The Fund shall keep the Distributor fully informed with
regard to its affairs, shall furnish the Distributor with a certified copy
of all financial statements, and a signed copy of each report, prepared by
independent public accountants, and with such reasonable number of printed
copies of each semi-annual and annual report of the Fund as the Distributor
may request, and shall cooperate fully in the efforts of the Distributor to
sell and arrange for the sale of its shares and in the performance by the
Distributor of all its duties under the Agreement.

     TWELFTH:  The Fund agrees to register, from time to time as necessary,
additional shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission, state and
other regulatory bodies and to pay the related filing fees therefor and to
file such amendments, reports and other documents as may be necessary in
order that there may be no untrue statement of a material fact in the
Registration Statement or prospectus or necessary in order that there may
be no omission to state a material fact therein necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Registration
Statement" shall mean from time to time the Registration Statement most
recently filed by the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission and
effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as such Registration
Statement is amended at such time, and the terms "Prospectus" shall mean for
the purposes of this Agreement from time to time the form of prospectus and
statement of additional information authorized by the Fund for use by
Distributor and by dealers.

     THIRTEENTH:
     (A) The Fund and Distributor shall each comply with all applicable
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of
1933, and the rules and regulations of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. and of all other Federal and State laws, rules and
regulations governing the issuance and sale of shares of the Fund.
     (B) In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence
or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the
Distributor, the Fund agrees to indemnify the Distributor and any
controlling person of the Distributor against any and all claims, demands,
liabilities and expenses including reasonable costs of any alleged
litigation which the Distributor may incur under the Securities Act of 1933,
or common law on otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement,
statement of additional information or prospectus of the Fund, or any
omission to state a material fact therein, the omission of which makes any
statement contained therein misleading, unless such statement or omission
was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Fund in connection with written information furnished to
the Fund in connection therewith by or on behalf of the Distributor.  The
Distributor agrees to indemnify the Fund against any and all claims,
demands, liabilities and expenses which the Fund may incur arising out of
or based upon any act or deed of sales representatives of the Distributor
which is outside the scope of their authority under this Agreement.
     (C) The Distributor agrees to indemnify the Fund against any and all
claims, demands, liabilities and expenses which the Fund may incur under the
Securities Act of 1933, or common law or otherwise, arising out of or based
upon any alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any
registration statement, statement of additional information or prospectus
of the Fund, relating to the Fund, or any omission to state a material fact
therein if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in
conformity with, written information furnished to the Fund in connection
therewith by or on behalf of the Distributor.

     FOURTEENTH: Nothing herein contained shall require the Fund to take
any action contrary to any provision of its Declaration of Trust or to any
applicable statute or regulation.

     FIFTEENTH: This Agreement has been approved by the Directors of the
Fund and shall become effective at the close of business on the date hereof. 
This Agreement shall continue in force and effect for successive annual
periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least
annually (a) (i) by the Board of Directors of the Fund, or (ii) by vote of
a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities (as defined in
Section 2 (a) (42) of the Investment Company Act of 1940), and (b) by vote
of majority of the Fund's Directors who are not interested persons (as
defined in Section 2 (a) (19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940) of the
Distributor by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purposes.

     SIXTEENTH:  The Distributor, as the owner of the registered service
mark "Lexington" (registration number 836-088), hereby sublicenses and
authorizes the Fund to include the word "Lexington" as part of its corporate
name, subject, however, to revocation by the Distributor in the event that
the Fund ceases to engage the Distributor or affiliates of the Distributor
as investment advisor or distributor.  The Fund agrees upon demand of the
Distributor to change its corporate name to delete the word "Lexington"
therefrom.

     SEVENTEENTH
     (A)  This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment
of any penalty, by vote of the Board of Directors of the Fund or by vote of
a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, or by the
Distributor, on sixty (60) days written notice of the other party.    
     (B)  This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its
assignment, the term "assignment" for this purpose having the meaning
defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     EIGHTEENTH:  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing,
addressed and delivered, or mailed, postage paid, to the other party at such
address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notices. 
Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of
the Fund shall be Park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663
and Distributor shall be Park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey
07663.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed in duplicate on the day and year first above written.


                                        LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.     
                                        

Attest:                                  By    
                                         __________________________________
                                                      President

                              
                                                     

                                        LEXINGTON FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR, INC.


Attest:                                  By  
                                         __________________________________ 
                                          Executive Vice President 


                                                     



                             CUSTODY AGREEMENT



     This AGREEMENT is effective __________, 19__, and is between THE CHASE
MANHATTAN BANK, N.A. (the "Bank") and LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC. 
(the "Customer").

1.   Customer Accounts.

     The Bank agrees to establish and maintain the following accounts
     ("Accounts"):

     (a)  A custody account in the name of the Customer ("Custody Account")
for any and all stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages or other
obligations for the payment of money, bullion, coin and any certificates,
receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive,
purchase or subscribe for the same or evidencing or representing any other
rights or interests therein and other similar property whether certificated
or uncertificated as may be received by the Bank or its Subcustodian (as
defined in Section 3) for the account of the Customer ("Securities"); and

     (b)  A deposit account in the name of the Customer ("Deposit Account")
for any and all cash in any currency received by the Bank or its Subcustodian
for the account of the Customer, which cash shall not be subject to
withdrawal by draft or check.

     The Customer warrants its authority to: 1) deposit the cash and
Securities ("Assets") received in the Accounts and 2) give Instructions (as
defined in Section 11) concerning the Accounts.  The Bank may deliver
securities of the same class in place of those deposited in the Custody
Account.

     Upon written agreement between the Bank and the Customer, additional
Accounts may be established and separately accounted for as additional
Accounts under the terms of this Agreement.


2.   Maintenance of Securities and Cash at Bank and Subcustodian Locations.

     Unless Instructions specifically require another location acceptable to
     the Bank:

     (a)  Securities will be held in the country or other jurisdiction in
which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such
Securities are to be presented for payment or where such Securities are
acquired; and

     (b)  Cash will be credited to an account in a country or other
jurisdiction in which such cash may be legally deposited or is the legal
currency for the payment of public or private debts.

     Cash may be held pursuant to Instructions in either interest or
non-interest bearing accounts as may be available for the particular
currency.  To the extent Instructions are issued and the Bank can comply with
such Instructions, the Bank is authorized to maintain cash balances on
deposit for the Customer with itself or one of its affiliates at such
reasonable rates of interest as may from time to time be paid on such
accounts, or in non-interest bearing accounts as the Customer may direct, if
acceptable to the Bank.

     If the Customer wishes to have any of its Assets held in the custody of
an institution other than the established Subcustodians as defined in Section
3 (or their securities depositories), such arrangement must be authorized by
a written agreement, signed by the Bank and the Customer.


3.   Subcustodians and Securities Depositories.

     The Bank may act under this Agreement through the subcustodians listed
in Schedule A of this Agreement with which the Bank has entered into
subcustodial agreements ("Subcustodians").  The Customer authorizes the Bank
to hold Assets in the Accounts in accounts which the Bank has established
with one or more of its branches or Subcustodians. The Bank and Subcustodians 
are authorized to hold any of the Securities in their account with any 
securities depository in which they participate.

     The Bank reserves the right to add new, replace or remove
Subcustodians.  The Customer will be given reasonable notice by the Bank of
any amendment to Schedule A.  Upon request by the Customer, the Bank will
identify the name, address and principal place of business of any
Subcustodian of the Customer's Assets and the name and address of the
governmental agency or other regulatory authority that supervises or
regulates such Subcustodian.


4.   Use of Subcustodian.

     (a)  The Bank will identify such Assets on its books as belonging to
     the Customer.

     (b)  A Subcustodian will hold such Assets together with assets
belonging to other customers of the Bank in accounts identified on such
Subcustodian's books as special custody accounts for the exclusive benefit of
customers of the Bank.

     (c)  Any Assets in the Accounts held by a Subcustodian will be subject
only to the instructions of the Bank or its agent.  Any Securities held in a
securities depository for the account of a Subcustodian will be subject only
to the instructions of such Subcustodian.

     (d)  Any agreement the Bank enters into with a Subcustodian for
holding its customer's assets shall provide that such assets will not be
subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in
favor of such Subcustodian except for safe custody or administration, and
that the beneficial ownership of such assets will be freely transferable
without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or
administration.  The foregoing shall not apply to the extent of any special
agreement or arrangement made by the Customer with any particular
Subcustodian.


5.   Deposit Account Transactions.

     (a)  The Bank or its Subcustodians will make payments from the Deposit
Account upon receipt of Instructions which include all information required
by the Bank.

     (b)  In the event that any payment to be made under this Section 5
exceeds the funds available in the Deposit Account, the Bank, in its
discretion, may advance the Customer such excess amount which shall be deemed
a loan payable on demand, bearing interest at the rate customarily charged by
the Bank on similar loans.

     (c)  If the Bank credits the Deposit Account on a payable date, or at
any time prior to actual collection and reconciliation to the Deposit
Account, with interest, dividends, redemptions or any other amount due, the
Customer will promptly return any such amount upon oral or written
notification: (i) that such amount has not been received in the ordinary
course of business or (ii) that such amount was incorrectly credited.  If the
Customer does not promptly return any amount upon such notification, the Bank
shall be entitled, upon oral or written notification to the Customer, to
reverse such credit by debiting the Deposit Account for the amount previously
credited.  The Bank or its Subcustodian shall have no duty or obligation to
institute legal proceedings, file a claim or a proof of claim in any
insolvency proceeding or take any other action with respect to the collection
of such amount, but may act for the Customer upon Instructions after
consultation with the Customer.


6.   Custody Account Transactions.

     (a)  Securities will be transferred, exchanged or delivered by the
Bank or its Subcustodian upon receipt by the Bank of Instructions which
include all information required by the Bank.  Settlement and payment for
Securities received for, and delivery of Securities out of, the Custody
Account may be made in accordance with the customary or established
securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the
jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without
limitation, delivery of Securities to a purchaser, dealer or their agents
against a receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment and free
delivery.  Delivery of Securities out of the Custody Account may also be made
in any manner specifically required by Instructions acceptable to the Bank.

     (b)  The Bank, in its discretion, may credit or debit the Accounts on
a contractual settlement date with cash or Securities with respect to any
sale, exchange or purchase of Securities.  Otherwise, such transactions will
be credited or debited to the Accounts on the date cash or Securities are
actually received by the Bank and reconciled to the Account.

     (i)  The Bank may reverse credits or debits made to the Accounts
     in its discretion if the related transaction fails to settle
     within a reasonable period, determined by the Bank in its
     discretion, after the contractual settlement date for the related
     transaction.

     (ii) If any Securities delivered pursuant to this Section 6 are
     returned by the recipient thereof, the Bank may reverse the
     credits and debits of the particular transaction at any time.


7.   Actions of the Bank.

     The Bank shall follow Instructions received regarding assets held in
the Accounts.  However, until it receives Instructions to the contrary, the
Bank will:

     (a)  Present for payment any Securities which are called, redeemed or
retired or otherwise become payable and all coupons and other income items
which call for payment upon presentation, to the extent that the Bank or
Subcustodian is actually aware of such opportunities.

     (b)  Execute in the name of the Customer such ownership and other
certificates as may be required to obtain payments in respect of Securities.

     (c)  Exchange interim receipts or temporary Securities for definitive
Securities.

     (d)  Appoint brokers and agents for any transaction involving the
Securities, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Bank or any
Subcustodian.

     (e)  Issue statements to the Customer, at times mutually agreed upon,
identifying the Assets in the Accounts.

     The Bank will send the Customer an advice or notification of any
transfers of Assets to or from the Accounts.  Such statements, advices or
notifications shall indicate the identity of the entity having custody of the
Assets.  Unless the Customer sends the Bank a written exception or objection
to any Bank statement within sixty (60) days of receipt, the Customer shall
be deemed to have approved such statement. In such event, or where the
Customer has otherwise approved any such statement, the Bank shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be released, relieved and discharged with respect to
all matters set forth in such statement or reasonably implied therefrom as
though it had been settled by the decree of a court of competent jurisdiction
in an action where the Customer and all persons having or claiming an
interest in the Customer or the Customer's Accounts were parties.

     All collections of funds or other property paid or distributed in
respect of Securities in the Custody Account shall be made at the risk of the
Customer.  The Bank shall have no liability for any loss occasioned by delay
in the actual receipt of notice by the Bank or by its Subcustodians of any
payment, redemption or other transaction regarding Securities in the Custody
Account in respect of which the Bank has agreed to take any action under this
Agreement.


8.   Corporate Actions; Proxies.

     Whenever the Bank receives information concerning the Securities which
requires discretionary action by the beneficial owner of the Securities
(other than a proxy), such as subscription rights, bonus issues, stock
repurchase plans and rights offerings, or legal notices or other material 
intended to be transmitted to securities holders ("Corporate Actions"), the 
Bank will give the Customer notice of such Corporate Actions to the extent 
that the Bank's central corporate actions department has actual knowledge of 
a Corporate Action in time to notify its customers.

     When a rights entitlement or a fractional interest resulting from a
rights issue, stock dividend, stock split or similar Corporate Action is
received which bears an expiration date, the Bank will endeavor to obtain
Instructions from the Customer or its Authorized Person, but if Instructions
are not received in time for the Bank to take timely action, or actual notice
of such Corporate Action was received too late to seek Instructions, the Bank
is authorized to sell such rights entitlement or fractional interest and to
credit the Deposit Account with the proceeds or take any other action it
deems, in good faith, to be appropriate in which case it shall be held
harmless for any such action.

     The Bank will deliver proxies to the Customer or its designated agent
pursuant to special arrangements which may have been agreed to in writing. 
Such proxies shall be executed in the appropriate nominee name relating to
Securities in the Custody Account registered in the name of such nominee but
without indicating the manner in which such proxies are to be voted; and
where bearer Securities are involved, proxies will be delivered in accordance
with Instructions.


9.   Nominees.

     Securities which are ordinarily held in registered form may be
registered in a nominee name of the Bank, Subcustodian or securities
depository, as the case may be.  The Bank may without notice to the Customer
cause any such Securities to cease to be registered in the name of any such
nominee and to be registered in the name of the Customer.  In the event that
any Securities registered in a nominee name are called for partial redemption
by the issuer, the Bank may allot the called portion to the respective
beneficial holders of such class of security in any manner the Bank deems to
be fair and equitable.  The Customer agrees to hold the Bank, Subcustodians,
and their respective nominees harmless from any liability arising directly or
indirectly from their status as a mere record holder of Securities in the
Custody Account.


10.  Authorized Persons.

     As used in this Agreement, the term "Authorized Person" means employees
or agents including investment managers as have been designated by written
notice from the Customer or its designated agent to act on behalf of the
Customer under this Agreement.  Such persons shall continue to be Authorized
Persons until such time as the Bank receives Instructions from the Customer
or its designated agent that any such employee or agent is no longer an
Authorized Person.

11.  Instructions.

     The term "Instructions" means instructions of any Authorized Person
received by the Bank, via telephone, telex, TWX, facsimile transmission, bank
wire or other teleprocess or electronic instruction or trade information
system acceptable to the Bank which the Bank believes in good faith to have
been given by Authorized Persons or which are transmitted with proper testing
or authentication pursuant to terms and conditions which the Bank may
specify.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all Instructions shall
continue in full force and effect until canceled or superseded.

     Any Instructions delivered to the Bank by telephone shall promptly
thereafter be confirmed in writing by an Authorized Person (which
confirmation may bear the facsimile signature of such Person), but the
Customer will hold the Bank harmless for the failure of an Authorized Person
to send such confirmation in writing, the failure of such confirmation to
conform to the telephone instructions received or the Bank's failure to
produce such confirmation at any subsequent time.  The Bank may
electronically record any Instructions given by telephone, and any other
telephone discussions with respect to the Custody Account.  The Customer
shall be responsible for safeguarding any testkeys, identification codes or
other security devices which the Bank shall make available to the Customer or
its Authorized Persons.

12.  Standard of Care; Liabilities.

     (a)  The Bank shall be responsible for the performance of only such
duties as are set forth in this Agreement or expressly contained in
Instructions which are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement as
follows:

     (i)  The Bank will use reasonable care with respect to its
     obligations under this Agreement and the safekeeping of Assets. 
     The Bank shall be liable to the Customer for any loss which shall
     occur as the result of the failure of a Subcustodian to exercise
     reasonable care with respect to the safekeeping of such Assets to
     the same extent that the Bank would be liable to the Customer if
     the Bank were holding such Assets in New York.  In the event of
     any loss to the Customer by reason of the failure of the Bank or
     its Subcustodian to utilize reasonable care, the Bank shall be
     liable to the Customer only to the extent of the Customer's
     direct damages, to be determined based on the market value of the
     property which is the subject of the loss at the date of
     discovery of such loss and without reference to any special
     conditions or circumstances.

     (ii) The Bank will not be responsible for any act, omission,
     default or for the solvency of any broker or agent which it or a
     Subcustodian appoints unless such appointment was made
     negligently or in bad faith.

     (iii)      The Bank shall be indemnified by, and without liability to
     the Customer for any action taken or omitted by the Bank whether
     pursuant to Instructions or otherwise within the scope of this
     Agreement if such act or omission was in good faith, without
     negligence.  In performing its obligations under this Agreement,
     the Bank may rely on the genuineness of any document which it
     believes in good faith to have been validly executed.

     (iv) The Customer agrees to pay for and hold the Bank harmless
     from any liability or loss resulting from the imposition or
     assessment of any taxes or other governmental charges, and any
     related expenses with respect to income from or Assets in the
     Accounts.

     (v)  The Bank shall be entitled to rely, and may act, upon the
     advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Customer) on all
     matters and shall be without liability for any action reasonably
     taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

     (vi) The Bank need not maintain any insurance for the benefit of
     the Customer.

     (vii)      Without limiting the foregoing, the Bank shall not be
     liable for any loss which results from:  1) the general risk of
     investing, or 2) investing or holding Assets in a particular
     country including, but not limited to, losses resulting from
     nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions;
     regulation of the banking or securities industry; currency
     restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and market conditions
     which prevent the orderly execution of securities transactions or
     affect the value of Assets.

     (viii)    Neither party shall be liable to the other for any
     loss due to forces beyond their control including, but not
     limited to strikes or work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism,
     insurrection, revolution, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation,
     or acts of God.

     (b)  Consistent with and without limiting the first paragraph of this
Section 12, it is specifically acknowledged that the Bank shall have no duty
or responsibility to:

     (i)  question Instructions or make any suggestions to the
     Customer or an Authorized Person regarding such Instructions;

     (ii) supervise or make recommendations with respect to
     investments or the retention of Securities;

     (iii) advise the Customer or an Authorized Person regarding any
     default in the payment of principal or income of any security other
     than as provided in Section 5(c) of this Agreement;

     (iv) evaluate or report to the Customer or an Authorized Person
     regarding the financial condition of any broker, agent or other
     party to which Securities are delivered or payments are made
     pursuant to this Agreement;

     (v)  review or reconcile trade confirmations received from
     brokers.  The Customer or its Authorized Persons (as defined in
     Section 10) issuing Instructions shall bear any responsibility to
     review such confirmations against Instructions issued to and
     statements issued by the Bank.

     (c)  The Customer authorizes the Bank to act under this Agreement
notwithstanding that the Bank or any of its divisions or affiliates may have
a material interest in a transaction, or circumstances are such that the Bank
may have a potential conflict of duty or interest including the fact that the
Bank or any of its affiliates may provide brokerage services to other
customers, act as financial advisor to the issuer of Securities, act as a
lender to the issuer of Securities, act in the same transaction as agent for
more than one customer, have a material interest in the issue of Securities,
or earn profits from any of the activities listed herein.


13.  Fees and Expenses.

     The Customer agrees to pay the Bank for its services under this
Agreement such amount as may be agreed upon in writing, together with the
Bank's reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not
limited to, legal fees.  The Bank shall have a lien on and is authorized to
charge any Accounts of the Customer for any amount owing to the Bank under
any provision of this Agreement.


14.  Miscellaneous.

     (a)  Foreign Exchange Transactions.  To facilitate the administration
of the Customer's trading and investment activity, the Bank is authorized to
enter into spot or forward foreign exchange contracts with the Customer or an
Authorized Person for the Customer and may also provide foreign exchange
through its subsidiaries, affiliates or Subcustodians.  Instructions,
including standing instructions, may be issued with respect to such contracts
but the Bank may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign
exchange facility made available.  In all cases where the Bank, its
subsidiaries, affiliates or Subcustodians enter into a foreign exchange
contract related to Accounts, the terms and conditions of the then current
foreign exchange contract of the Bank, its subsidiary, affiliate or
Subcustodian and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement shall apply
to such transaction.

     (b)  Certification of Residency, etc.  The Customer certifies that it
is a resident of the United States and agrees to notify the Bank of any
changes in residency.  The Bank may rely upon this certification or the
certification of such other facts as may be required to administer the Bank's
obligations under this Agreement.  The Customer will indemnify the Bank
against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or
indirectly from any such certifications.

     (c)  Access to Records.  The Bank shall allow the Customer's
independent public accountant reasonable access to the records of the Bank
relating to the Assets as is required in connection with their examination of
books and records pertaining to the Customer's affairs.  Subject to
restrictions under applicable law, the Bank shall also obtain an undertaking
to permit the Customer's independent public accountants reasonable access to
the records of any Subcustodian which has physical possession of any Assets
as may be required in connection with the examination of the Customer's books
and records.

     (d)  Governing Law; Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of New York and shall not be assignable by
either party, but shall bind the successors in interest of the Customer and
the Bank.

     (e)  Entire Agreement; Applicable Riders.  Customer represents that
the Assets deposited in the Accounts are (Check one):


             Employee Benefit Plan or other assets subject to the Employee
             Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA");


        X    Mutual Fund assets subject to certain Securities and Exchange
             Commission ("SEC") rules and regulations;


             Neither of the above.


     This Agreement consists exclusively of this document together with
     Schedule A, Exhibits I - _______ and the following Rider(s) [Check
     applicable rider(s)]:

            ERISA


            MUTUAL FUND


            SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


     There are no other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement
supersedes any other agreements, whether written or oral, between the
parties.  Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing, executed by
both parties.

     (f)  Severability.  In the event that one or more provisions of this
Agreement are held invalid, illegal or enforceable in any respect on the
basis of any particular circumstances or in any jurisdiction, the validity,
legality and enforceability of such provision or provisions under other
circumstances or in other jurisdictions and of the remaining provisions will
not in any way be affected or impaired.

     (g)  Waiver.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no
failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or right
under this Agreement operates as a waiver, nor does any single or partial
exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise, or the
exercise of any other power or right.  No waiver by a party of any provision
of this Agreement, or waiver of any breach or default, is effective unless in
writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be enforced.

     (h)  Notices.  All notices under this Agreement shall be effective
when actually received.  Any notices or other communications which may be
required under this Agreement are to be sent to the parties at the following
addresses or such other addresses as may subsequently be given to the other
party in writing:



     Bank:     The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
               Chase MetroTech Center
               Brooklyn, NY  11245
               Attention:  Global Custody Division

               or telex:                                                 
    


     Customer: Richard Hisey
               Lexington Management Corp.
               Park 80 West, Plaza Two
               Saddlebrook, NJ  07663
          
               or telex:                                                 
                            



     (i)  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated by the Customer or
the Bank by giving sixty (60) days written notice to the other, provided that
such notice to the Bank shall specify the names of the persons to whom the
Bank shall deliver the Assets in the Accounts.  If notice of termination is
given by the Bank, the Customer shall, within sixty (60) days following
receipt of the notice, deliver to the Bank Instructions specifying the names
of the persons to whom the Bank shall deliver the Assets.  In either case the
Bank will deliver the Assets to the persons so specified, after deducting any
amounts which the Bank determines in good faith to be owed to it under
Section 13.  If within sixty (60) days following receipt of a notice of
termination by the Bank, the Bank does not receive Instructions from the
Customer specifying the names of the persons to whom the Bank shall deliver
the Assets, the Bank, at its election, may deliver the Assets to a bank or
trust company doing business in the State of New York to be held and disposed
of pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, or to Authorized Persons, or
may continue to hold the Assets until Instructions are provided to the Bank.


                              LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.


                              
                              By:____________________________________________
                                             Title






                              THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.


                              
                              By:____________________________________________
                                             Title










STATE OF            )
                    :  ss.
COUNTY OF           )


On this           day of                    , 19  , before me personally came 
                              , to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did
depose and say that he/she resides in                at                     
                ;
that he/she is                                        of                    
                     , the entity described in and which executed the
foregoing instrument; that he/she knows the seal of said entity, that the
seal affixed to said instrument is such seal, that it was so affixed by order
of said entity, and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by like order.


                                                                      
              


Sworn to before me this               
day of               , 19     .


                                        
               Notary

<PAGE>
STATE OF NEW YORK        )
                         :  ss.
COUNTY OF NEW YORK       )


     On this                 day of                                ,19  ,
before me personally came                        , to me known, who being by
me duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she resides in                    
                           at
                                                  ; that he/she is a Vice
President of THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, (National Association), the
corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that
he/she knows the seal of said corporation, that the seal affixed to said
instrument is such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the
Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name
thereto by like order.


                                                                      
    


Sworn to before me this                     
day of                 , 19        .


                                              
                    Notary










  
                    TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
                                        
                                   between
                                        
                      LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC. 
                                      
                                     and
                                        
                     STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                                        
    
                                      
  



                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           
                                                                         
  
  Article 1   Terms of Appointment; Duties of the Bank 
  
  Article 2   Fees and Expenses 
  
  Article 3   Representations and Warranties of the Bank
  
  Article 4   Representations and Warranties of the Fund
  
  Article 5   Data Access and Proprietary Information
  
  Article 6   Indemnification
  
  Article 7   Standard of Care
  
  Article 8   Covenants of the Fund and the Bank
  
  Article 9   Termination of Agreement
  
  Article 10  Assignment
  
  Article 11  Amendment
  
  Article 12  Massachusetts Law to Apply
  
  Article 13  Force Majeure
  
  Article 14  Consequential Damages
  
  Article 15  Merger of Agreement
  
  Article 16  Counterparts
  
  
                    TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
   
      AGREEMENT made as of the___ day of __________, 1995, by and between
  Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc., a corporation, having its principal 
  office and place of business at Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New 
  Jersey 07663, (the "Fund"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a 
  Massachusetts trust company having its principal office and place of business
  at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the "Bank").

      WHEREAS, the Fund desires to appoint the Bank as its transfer agent,
  dividend disbursing agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and agent in
  connection with certain other activities, and the Bank desires to accept such
  appointment;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
  contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


  Article l     Terms of Appointment; Duties of the Bank
 
           1.01  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
  this Agreement, the Fund hereby employs and appoints the Bank to act as, and 
  the Bank agrees to act as its transfer agent for the Fund's authorized and 
  issued shares of its common stock, $____ par value, ("Shares"), dividend 
  disbursing agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and agent in 
  connection with any accumulation, open-account or similar plans provided to
  the shareholders of the Fund ("Shareholders") and set out in the currently 
  effective prospectus and statement of additional information ("prospectus")
  of the Fund, including without limitation any periodic investment plan or 
  periodic withdrawal program.

           1.02  The Bank agrees that it will perform the following services:
           (a)  In accordance with procedures established from time to time by
  agreement between the Fund and the Bank, the Bank shall:
           (i)  Receive for acceptance, orders for the purchase of Shares,
                and promptly deliver payment and appropriate documentation
                thereof to the Custodian of the Fund authorized pursuant to
                the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund (the "Custodian");
           (ii) Pursuant to purchase orders, issue the appropriate number of
                Shares and hold such Shares in the appropriate Shareholder
                account;
          (iii) Receive for acceptance redemption requests and redemption
                directions and deliver the appropriate documentation thereof
                to the Custodian;
          (iv)  In respect to the transactions in items (i), (ii) and (iii)
                above, the Bank shall execute transactions directly with
                broker-dealers authorized by the Fund who shall thereby be
                deemed to be acting on behalf of the Fund;
          (v)   At the appropriate time as and when it receives monies
                paid to it by the Custodian with respect to any redemption, pay
                over or cause to be paid over in the appropriate manner such 
                monies as instructed by the redeeming Shareholders;
          (vi)  Effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof
                upon receipt of appropriate instructions;
          (vii) Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions
                declared by the Fund;
          (viii)Issue replacement certificates for those certificates
                alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt
                by the Bank of indemnification satisfactory to the Bank and
                protecting the Bank and the Fund, and the Bank at its option,
                may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated
                stock certificates upon presentation thereof and without such
                indemnity;
           (ix) Maintain records of account for and advise the Fund and its
                Shareholders as to the foregoing; and
           (x)  Record the issuance of shares of the Fund and maintain
                pursuant to SEC   Rule 17Ad-10(e) a record of the total number
                of shares of the Fund which are authorized, based upon data
                provided to it by the Fund, and issued and outstanding. The
                Bank shall also provide the Fund on a regular basis with the 
                total number of shares which are authorized and issued and 
                outstanding and shall have no obligation, when recording the 
                issuance of shares, to monitor the issuance of such shares or
                to take cognizance of any laws relating to the issue or sale 
                of such shares, which functions shall be the sole 
                responsibility of the Fund.
                (b)  In addition to and neither in lieu nor in contravention of
  the services set forth in the above paragraph (a), the Bank shall:  
  (i) perform the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing 
  agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and, as relevant, agent in 
  connection with accumulation, open-account or similar plans (including 
  without limitation any periodic investment plan or periodic withdrawal 
  program), including but not limited to:  maintaining all Shareholder 
  accounts, preparing Shareholder meeting lists, mailing proxies, mailing 
  Shareholder reports and prospectuses to current Shareholders, withholding 
  taxes on U.S. resident and non-resident alien accounts, preparing and filing
  U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate forms required with
  respect to dividends and distributions by federal authorities for all 
  Shareholders, preparing and mailing confirmation forms and statements of 
  account to Shareholders for all purchases and redemptions of Shares and other
  confirmable transactions in Shareholder accounts, preparing and mailing 
  activity statements for Shareholders, and providing Shareholder account 
  information and (ii) provide a system which will enable the Fund to monitor
  the total number of Shares sold in each State.
           (c)  In addition, the Fund shall (i) identify to the Bank in
  writing those transactions and assets to be treated as exempt from blue sky
  reporting for each State and (ii) verify the establishment of transactions 
  for each State on the system prior to activation and thereafter monitor the
  daily activity for each State.  The responsibility of the Bank for the Fund's
  blue sky State registration status is solely limited to the initial 
  establishment of transactions subject to blue sky compliance by the Fund and
  the reporting of such transactions to the Fund as provided above.
           (d)  Procedures as to who shall provide certain of these services
  in Article 1 may be established from time to time by agreement between the
  Fund and the Bank per the attached service responsibility schedule.  The Bank
  may at times perform only a portion of these services and the Fund or its
  agent may perform these services on the Fund's behalf.
           (e)  The Bank shall provide additional services on behalf of the
  Fund (i.e., escheatment services) which may be agreed upon in writing between
  the Fund and the Bank.
  
  Article 2   Fees and Expenses

            2.01  For the performance by the Bank pursuant to this
  Agreement, the Fund agrees to pay the Bank an annual maintenance fee for each
  Shareholder account as set out in the initial fee schedule attached hereto. 
  Such fees and out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section 
  2.02 below may be changed from time to time subject to mutual written 
  agreement between the Fund and the Bank.

            2.02  In addition to the fee paid under Section 2.01 above, the
  Fund agrees to reimburse the Bank for out-of-pocket expenses, including but 
  not limited to confirmation production, postage, forms, telephone, microfilm,
  microfiche, tabulating proxies, records storage, or advances incurred by the
  Bank for the items set out in the fee schedule attached hereto.  In addition,
  any other expenses incurred by the Bank at the request or with the consent of
  the Fund, will be reimbursed by the Fund.

           2.03  The Fund agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses
  within five days following the receipt of the respective billing notice. 
  Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Fund reports and other mailings to
  all shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Bank by the Fund at least
  seven (7) days prior to the mailing date of such materials.

  Article 3     Representations and Warranties of the Bank
 
          The Bank represents and warrants to the Fund that:

          3.01  It is a trust company duly organized and existing and in good
  standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

          3.02  It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the
  Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

          3.03  It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Charter and
  By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

          3.04  All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to
  authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

          3.05  It has and will continue to have access to the necessary
  facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations 
  under this Agreement.

  Article 4     Representations and Warranties of the Fund

          The Fund represents and warrants to the Bank that:

          4.01  It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good 
  standing under the laws of.

          4.02  It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of
  Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

          4.03  All corporate proceedings required by said Articles of
  Incorporation and By-Laws have been taken to authorize it to enter into and
  perform this Agreement.

          4.04  It is an open-end and diversified management investment
  company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          4.05  A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
  amended is currently effective and will remain effective, and appropriate 
  state securities law filings have been made and will continue to be made, 
  with respect to all Shares of the Fund being offered for sale.
 
  Article 5     Data Access and Proprietary Information

          5.01  The Fund acknowledges that the data bases,
  computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design
  techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Fund by the Bank as 
  part of the Fund's ability to access certain Fund-related data ("Customer 
  Data") maintained by the Bank on data bases under the control and ownership
  of the Bank or other third party ("Data Access Services") constitute 
  copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, 
  "Proprietary Information") of substantial value to the Bank or other third 
  party.  In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Customer Data.
  The Fund agrees to treat all Proprietary Information as proprietary to the
  Bank and further agrees that it shall not divulge any Proprietary Information
  to any person or organization except as may be provided hereunder.  Without
  limiting the foregoing, the Fund agrees for itself and its employees and 
  agents:
           (a)    to access Customer Data solely from locations as may be
                  designated in writing by the Bank and solely in accordance
                  with the Bank's applicable user documentation;
           (b)    to refrain from copying or duplicating in any way the
                  Proprietary Information;
           (c)    to refrain from obtaining unauthorized access to any portion
                  of the Proprietary Information, and if such access is
                  inadvertently obtained, to inform in a timely manner of such
                  fact and dispose of such information in accordance with the
                  Bank's instructions;
           (d)    to refrain from causing or allowing third-party data acquired
                  hereunder from being retransmitted to any other computer
                  facility or other location, except with the prior written
                  consent of the Bank;
           (e)    that the Fund shall have access only to those authorized
                  transactions agreed upon by the parties;
           (f)    to honor all reasonable written requests made by the Bank to
                  protect at the Bank's expense the 
                  rights of the Bank in Proprietary Information at common law,
                  under federal copyright law and under other federal or state
                  law.
      Each party shall take reasonable efforts to advise its employees of their
  obligations pursuant to this Article 5.  The obligations of this Article 
  shall survive any earlier termination of this Agreement.

           5.02  If the Fund notifies the Bank that any of the Data Access
  Services do not operate in material compliance with the most recently issued
  user documentation for such services, the Bank shall endeavor in a timely 
  manner to correct such failure.  Organizations from which the Bank may obtain
  certain data included in the Data Access Services are solely responsible for
  the contents of such data and the Fund agrees to make no claim against the 
  Bank arising out of the contents of such third-party data, including, but not
  limited to, the accuracy thereof.  DATA ACCESS SERVICES AND ALL COMPUTER
  PROGRAMS AND SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS USED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH ARE 
  PROVIDED ON AN AS IS, AS AVAILABLE BASIS.  THE BANK EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
  WARRANTIES EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
  TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 
  PURPOSE.

           5.03  If the transactions available to the Fund include
  the ability to originate electronic instructions to the Bank in order to (i)
  effect the transfer or movement of cash or Shares or (ii) transmit Shareholder
  information or other information (such transactions constituting a "COEFI"),
  then in such event the Bank shall be entitled to rely on the validity and
  authenticity of such instruction without undertaking any further inquiry as
  long as such instruction is undertaken in conformity with security procedures
  established by the Bank from time to time.
  
  Article 6     Indemnification

           6.01  The Bank shall not be responsible for, and the
  Fund shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against, any and all
  losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and 
  liability arising out of or attributable to:
           (a)  All actions of the Bank or its agent or subcontractors
  required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such actions 
  are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct.
           (b)  The Fund's lack of good faith, negligence or willful
  misconduct which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of
  the Fund hereunder.
           (c)  The reliance on or use by the Bank or its agents or
  subcontractors of information, records, documents or services which (i) are
  received by the Bank or its agents or subcontractors, and (ii) have been
  prepared, maintained or performed by the Fund or any other person or firm on
  behalf of the Fund including but not limited to any previous transfer agent
  or registrar.
           (d)  The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Bank or its agents
  or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Fund.
           (e)  The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any requirement
  under the federal securities laws or regulations or the securities laws or
  regulations of any state that such Shares be registered in such state or in
  violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal
  agency or any state with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares in such
  state.

           6.02  At any time the Bank may apply to any officer of the Fund for
  instructions, and may consult with legal counsel with respect to any matter
  arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Bank under this
  Agreement, and the Bank and its agents or subcontractors shall not be liable
  and shall be indemnified by the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in
  reliance upon such instructions or upon the opinion of such counsel.  The 
  Bank, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in 
  acting upon any paper or document furnished by or on behalf of the Fund, 
  reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper 
  person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or 
  documents provided the Bank or its agents or subcontractors by machine 
  readable input, telex, CRT data entry or other similar means authorized by 
  the Fund, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of
  any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Fund.  The Bank,
  its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in 
  recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the 
  proper manual or facsimile signatures of the officers of the Fund, and the 
  proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or
  of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.

           6.03  In order that the indemnification provisions
  contained in this Article 6 shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for 
  which the Fund may be required to indemnify the Bank, the Bank shall promptly
  notify the Fund of such assertion, and shall keep the Fund advised with 
  respect to all developments concerning such claim. The Fund shall have the
  option to participate with the Bank in the defense of such claim or to defend
  against said claim in its own name or in the name of the Bank.  The Bank 
  shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in 
  which the Fund may be required to indemnify the Bank except with the Fund's
  prior written consent.

  Article 7     Standard of Care

           7.01  The Bank shall at all times act in good faith and
  agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to insure the 
  accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no 
  responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors 
  unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith, or willful 
  misconduct of that of its employees.

  Article 8     Covenants of the Fund and the Bank

           8.01  The Fund shall promptly furnish to the Bank the following:
           (a)  A certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors
  of the Fund authorizing the appointment of the Bank and the execution and
  delivery of this Agreement.
           (b)  A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the
  Fund and all amendments thereto.

           8.02  The Bank hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities
  and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Fund for safekeeping of stock
  certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any;
  and for the preparation or use, and for keeping account of such certificates,
  forms and devices.

           8.03  The Bank shall keep records relating to the services to be
  performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable.  To the
  extent required by Section 31 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
  amended, and the Rules thereunder, the Bank agrees that all such records 
  prepared or maintained by the Bank relating to the services to be performed 
  by the Bank hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, 
  maintained and made available in accordance with such Section and Rules, and
  will be surrendered promptly to the Fund on and in accordance with its 
  request.

           8.04  The Bank and the Fund agree that all books, records,
  information and data pertaining to the business of the other party which are
  exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this
  Agreement shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed 
  to any other person, except as may be required by law.

           8.05  In case of any requests or demands for the inspection of the
  Shareholder records of the Fund, the Bank will endeavor to notify the Fund 
  and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Fund as to such
  inspection.  The Bank reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder
  records to any person whenever it is advised by its counsel that it may be 
  held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person.

  Article 9     Termination of Agreement

           9.01  This Agreement may be terminated by either party
  upon one hundred twenty (120) days written notice to the other.

           9.02  Should the Fund exercise its right to terminate,
  all out-of-pocket expenses associated with the movement of records and 
  material will be borne by the Fund.  Additionally, the Bank reserves the 
  right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such 
  termination and/or a charge equivalent to the average of three (3) months' 
  fees.

  Article 10    Assignment

           10.01  Except as provided in Section 10.03 below, neither
  this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by 
  either party without the written consent of the other party.

           10.02  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
  upon the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

           10.03  The Bank may, without further consent on the part of the
  Fund, subcontract for the performance hereof with (i) Boston Financial Data
  Services, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation ("BFDS") which is duly registered
  as a transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange
  Act of 1934, as amended ("Section 17A(c)(1)"), (ii) a BFDS subsidiary duly 
  registered as a transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(1) or (iii) a BFDS
  affiliate; provided, however, that the Bank shall be as fully responsible to
  the Fund for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own
  acts and omissions.

  Article 11    Amendment

           11.01  This Agreement may be amended or modified by a
  written agreement executed by both parties and authorized or approved by a
  resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund.

  Article 12    Massachusetts Law to Apply

           12.01  This Agreement shall be construed and the
  provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the
  Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

  Article 13    Force Majeure

           13.01  In the event either party is unable to perform its
  obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, 
  strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its 
  control, or other causes reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not
  be liable for damages to the other for any damages resulting from such 
  failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.

  Article 14    Consequential Damages

           14.01  Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to
  the other party for consequential damages under any provision of this 
  Agreement or for any consequential damages arising out of any act or failure
  to act hereunder.

  Article 15    Merger of Agreement

           15.01  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
  between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to
  the subject matter hereof whether oral or written.

  Article 16    Counterparts

           16.01  This Agreement may be executed by the parties
  hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken
  together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
      
  
  
  
  
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
  executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly 
  authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
  
  
  
                               
                              LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.
  
  
                              BY:
                               
                              ___________________________________         
                              Vice President 
   
  
 ATTEST:
  
 _________________________________
  
  
  
                              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
  
                              BY:
  
                              ____________________________________        
                              Executive Vice President
  
  
  ATTEST:
  
  ___________________________________
  
  
  
                     STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                      FUND SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES*
                                       
  
  
  
  Service Performed                                     Responsibility

                                                   Bank               Fund
  
  
  
  
  1.  Receives orders for the purchase
      of Shares.
  
  2.  Issue Shares and hold Shares in
      Shareholders accounts.
  
  3.  Receive redemption requests.
  
  4.  Effect transactions 1-3 above
      directly with broker-dealers.
  
  5.  Pay over monies to redeeming
      Shareholders.
  
  6.  Effect transfers of Shares.
  
  7.  Prepare and transmit dividends
      and distributions.
  
  8.  Issue Replacement Certificates.
  
  9.  Reporting of abandoned property.
  
  10. Maintain records of account.
  
  11. Maintain and keep a current and
      accurate control book for each
      issue of securities.
  
  12. Mail proxies.
  
  13. Mail Shareholder reports.
  
  14. Mail prospectuses to current
      Shareholders.
  
  15. Withhold taxes on U.S. resident
      and non-resident alien accounts.
  
  

  Service Performed                                   Responsibility
  
                                                    Bank           Fund  
  
  16. Prepare and file U.S. Treasury
      Department forms.
  
  17. Prepare and mail account and
      confirmation statements for
      Shareholders.
  
  18. Provide Shareholder account
      information.
  
  19. Blue sky reporting.
  
  
  
 *   Such services are more fully described in Article 1.02 (a), (b) and (c) 
     of the Agreement.
                            LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.

                            BY:
                              __________________________________     
                              Vice President
  
  ATTEST:
  
  ________________________________
  
  
                                                                 
                            STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
  
                            BY:
                              ___________________________________
                              Vice President
  
  
  ATTEST:
  
  __________________________________
  
  
                               
    

                                FORM OF 
                   ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, 
INC., a  Maryland corporation (the "Fund"), and LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the  Administrator ), with respect to
the following recital of facts:

                                RECITAL

     WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end diversified management
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

     WHEREAS, the Administrator is registered as an investment adviser
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the " Advisers Act"),
and engages in the business of acting as an investment adviser and an
administrator of investment companies;

     WHEREAS, the  Fund, and the Administrator desire to enter into an
agreement to provide for administrative services for the Fund on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

I.   APPOINTMENT AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     The Administrator is hereby appointed to serve as the Administrator
to the Fund, to provide the administrative services described herein and
assume the obligations set forth in Section II, subject to the terms of this
Agreement and the control of the Fund's Board of [Directors/Trustees] (the
"Board").  The administrator shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed an
independent contractor and shall have, unless otherwise expressly provided
or authorized, no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way or
otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

II.  DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     In carrying out the terms of this Agreement, the Administrator shall:

     A.   provide office space, equipment and facilities (which may be
          the Administrator's or its affiliates) for maintaining the
          Fund s organization, for meetings of the Board and the
          shareholders, and for performing administrative services
          hereunder;

     B.   supervise and manage all aspects of the Fund's operations
          (other than investment advisory activities), and supervise
          relations with, and monitor the performance of, custodians,
          depositories, transfer and pricing agents, accountants,
          attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, insurers and
          other persons in any capacity deemed to be necessary and
          desirable by the Board;

     C.   determine and arrange for the publication of the net asset
          value of the Fund;

     D.   provide non-investment related statistical and research data
          and such other reports, evaluations and information as the Fund
          may request from time to time;

     E.   provide internal clerical, accounting and legal services, and
          stationery and office supplies;

     F.   prepare, to the extent requested by the Fund, the Fund's
          prospectus, statement of additional information, proxy
          statements and annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders;

     G.   arrange for the printing and mailing (at the Fund's expense) of
          proxy statements and other reports or other materials provided
          to the Fund's shareholders;

     H.   prepare for execution and file all the Fund's federal and state
          tax returns and required tax filings other than those required
          to be made by the Fund's custodian and transfer agent;

     I.   prepare periodic reports to and filings with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and state Blue Sky authorities
          with the advice of the Fund's counsel;

     J.   maintain the Fund s existence, and during such times as the
          shares of the Fund are publicly offered, maintain the
          registration and qualification of the Fund's shares under the
          federal and state law;

     K.   keep and maintain the financial accounts and records of the
          Fund;

     L.   develop and implement, if appropriate, management and
          shareholder services designed to enhance the value or
          convenience of the Fund as an investment vehicle;

     M.   provide the Board on a regular basis with reports and analyses
          of the Fund's operations and the operations of comparable
          investment companies;

     N.   respond to inquiries from shareholders or participants of
          employee benefit plans (for which the administrator or any
          affiliate provides recordkeeping) relating to the Fund,
          concerning, among other things, exchanges among Funds, or refer
          any such inquiries to the Fund's officers or the Fund's
          transfer agent;

     O.   provide participant recordkeeping services for participants in
          employee benefit plans for which the Administrator or any
          affiliate provides recordkeeping services; and

     P.   provide such information as may be reasonably requested by a
          shareholder representative of or a participant in an employee
          benefit plan to comply with applicable federal or state laws.

III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     A.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

          The Administrator hereby represents and warrants to the Fund as
     follows:

          1.  Due Incorporation and Organization.  The Administrator is
          duly organized and is in good standing under the laws of the
          State of Delaware and is fully authorized to enter into this
          Agreement and carry out its duties and obligations hereunder.

          2.  Best Efforts.  The Administrator at all times shall provide
          its best judgment and effort to the Fund in carrying out its
          obligations hereunder.

     B.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FUND 

          The Fund hereby represents and warrants to the Administrator as
     follows:

          1.  Organization.  The Fund has been duly organized as a
          corporation  under the laws of the State of Maryland and it is
          authorized to enter into this Agreement and carry out its
          terms.

          2.  Registration.  The Fund is registered as an investment
          company with the SEC under the 1940 Act and shares of the Fund
          are registered or qualified for offer and sale to the public
          under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  1933 Act ),
          and all applicable state securities laws.  Such registrations
          or qualifications will be kept in effect during the term of
          this Agreement.

IV.  CONTROL BY THE BOARD

     Any activities undertaken by the administrator pursuant to this
Agreement on behalf of the Fund shall at all times be subject to any
directives of the Board.

V.   COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS

     In carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, the
Administrator shall at all times conform to:

     A.   all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act;

     B.   the provisions of the registration statement of the Fund under
     the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;

     C.   the provisions of the Fund s chartering documents, as amended;

     D.   the provisions of the By-Laws of the Fund, as amended; and

     E.   any other applicable provisions of state and federal law.

VI.  DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     All services to be provided by the Administrator under this Agreement
may be furnished by any directors, officers or employees of the
Administrator or by any affiliates of the Administrator under the
Administrator's supervision.

VII. COMPENSATION

     For the services to be rendered, the facilities furnished and the
expenses assumed by the administrator, the Fund shall pay to the
Administrator an annual fee, payable monthly, equal to the pro-rata portion
of the Administrator's actual cost in providing such services, facilities
and expenses.

VIII.     NON-EXCLUSIVITY

     The services of the Administrator to the Fund are not to be deemed to
be exclusive, and the Administrator shall be free to render administrative
or other services to others (including other investment companies) and to
engage in other activities, so long as its services under this agreement are
not impaired thereby.  It is understood and agreed that officers and
directors of the Administrator may serve as officers or [directors/trustees]
of the Fund, and that officers of [directors/trustees] of the Fund may serve
as officers or directors of the Administrator to the extent permitted by
law; and that the officers and directors of the Administrator are not
prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering
services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers,
directors or trustees of any other firm or trust, including other investment
companies.

IX.  TERM

     This Agreement shall become effective at the close of business on the
date hereof and shall continue automatically for successive annual periods,
provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the
Fund s [directors/trustees] who are not parties to this Agreement or
 interested persons  (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, or by
the vote of the holders of a  majority  (as so defined) of the outstanding
voting securities of the Fund and by such vote of the [directors/trustees].

X.   TERMINATION

     This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of
any penalty, by vote of the Fund s [directors/trustees] or by vote of a
majority of the Fund s outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section
2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), or by the Administrator, on sixty (60) days 
written notice to the other party.


XI.  LIABILITY OF ADMINISTRATOR AND INDEMNIFICATION

     A.   LIABILITY

          In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
     negligence on the part of the Administrator or its officers, directors
     or employees, or reckless disregard by the Administrator of its duties
     under this Agreement, the Administrator shall not be liable to the
     Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the
     course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any
     looses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any
     security.

     B.   INDEMNIFICATION

          In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder
     on the part of the Administrator or any officer, director or employee
     of the Administrator, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the
     Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Administrator harmless
     from and against all claims, actions, suits and proceedings at law or
     in equity, whether brought or asserted by a private party or a
     governmental agency, instrumentality or entity of any kind, relating
     to the sale, purchase, pledge of, advertisement of, or solicitation
     of sales or purchases of any security (whether of the Fund or
     otherwise) by the Fund, its officers, directors, employees or agents
     in alleged violation of applicable federal, state or foreign laws,
     rules or regulations.

XII. MATERIALS FOR DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS

     During the term of this Agreement, the Fund shall furnish to the
Administrator at its principal office copies of all prospectuses, proxy
statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature and other material
referring to the Administrator that were prepared for distribution to
shareholders of the Fund and to participants in employee benefit plans
owning interests in the Fund (prior to the public distribution of such
materials).  The Fund shall not use any such materials that refer to the
Administrator if the Administrator reasonably objects in writing within five
business days (or such other time as the parties may agree) after receipt
thereof, unless prior to such use the material is modified in a manner that
is satisfactory to the Administrator.  Subsequent to the termination of this
Agreement, the Fund will continue to furnish to the Administrator copies of
such materials.  The Fund shall also furnish or otherwise make available to
the Administrator other information relating to the business affairs of the
Fund as the Administrator reasonably requests from time to time.

XIII.     NOTICES

     Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and
delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such address as such
other party may designate for the receipt of such notice.  Until further
notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the
Administrator and that of the Fund for this purpose shall be Park 80 West,
Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey, 07663.

XIV. QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATIONS

     This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New
Jersey.  Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this
Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or
provision of the 1940 Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or
provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the
United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any
such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the SEC issued pursuant to
said Act.  In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act
reflected in the provisions of this Agreement is revised by rule, regulation
or order of the SEC, such provisions shall be deemed to incorporate the
effect of such rule, regulation or order.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the      day of
         , 19  .

                                     LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.


Attest:                              By: _______________________________
                                         Name           Title

________________________


                                     LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


Attest:                              By:  ______________________________
                                          Name           Title


________________________



            Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
                      9 1 9  T H I R D  A V E N U E
                       NEW YORK, N.Y. 10022 - 3852
                            (212) 715 - 9100
                                                          FAX
                                                          (212) 715-8000
                                                          
                                                          ______
                                                          
                                                          WRITER'S DIRECT
                                                          NUMBER
                                                          
                                                          (212) 715-9100
                                                                  
                              November 3, 1995


Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.
Park 80 West
Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J.  07662


Gentlemen:

          We have acted as counsel for Lexington SmallCap Value Fund,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Fund"), in connection with the
proposed public offering of shares of common stock, $.001 par value of
its Lexington SmallCap Value Fund series ( the "Shares" ) pursuant to a
registration statement on Form N-1A (the "Registration Statement"), to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended.

          We have reviewed the Fund's Articles of Incorporation, its
By-Laws, resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Fund, and the
Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto).  We have also made
such inquires and have examined originals, certified copies or copies
otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, records and
other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the
purposes of this opinion.  For purposes of such examination, we have
assumed the genuineness of all signatures on original documents and the
conformity to the original documents of all copies submitted.

          We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and do
not hold ourselves out as experts as to the law of any other state or
jurisdiction.  We have received and relied upon an opinion from Venable,
Baetjer and Howard, LLP, Special Maryland Counsel, a copy of which is
attached herewith, concerning the organization of the Fund and the
authorization and issuance of the Shares.

          Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the
opinion, and so advise you as follows:
          
          i.   The Fund is duly organized and validly existing as a
               corporation in good standing under the laws of the
               State of Maryland.

          ii.  The Shares to be offered for sale pursuant to the
               Prospectus are duly authorized and, when sold, issued
               and paid for as contemplated by the Prospectus, will
               have been validly and legally issued and will be fully
               paid and nonassessable.

          We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement.

                              Very truly yours,
                              

                              Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel

 ...............................................................................
 ...............................................................................

                        VENABLE, BAETJER AND HOWARD, LLP
                     1800 Mercantile Bank & Trust Building
                              Two Hopkins Plaza
                         Baltimore, Maryland 21201-2978
                       (410) 244-7400, Fax (410) 244-7742   

                                        November 3, 1995


Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen
  Kamin & Frankel
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY  10022-3852

          Re:  Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.
               
Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as special Maryland counsel for Lexington SmallCap 
Value Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Fund"), in connection with 
the organization of the Fund and the issuance of shares of its Lexington 
SmallCap Value Fund Common Stock series, par value $.001 per share (the 
"Shares").

          As special Maryland counsel for the Fund, we are familiar with 
its Charter and Bylaws.  We have examined the prospectus and statement of 
additional information included in its Registration Statement on Form N-1A 
(the "Registration Statement") substantially in the form in which it is to 
become effective.  We have further examined and relied upon a certificate 
of the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation to the effect 
that the Fund is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the State 
of Maryland and is in good standing and duly authorized to transact business 
in the State of Maryland.

          We have also examined and relied upon such corporate records of 
the Fund and other documents and certificates with respect to factual 
matters as we have deemed necessary to render the opinion expressed herein.  
We have assumed, without independent verification, the genuineness of all 
signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, 
and the conformity with originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.

          Based on such examination, we are of the opinion and so advise you 
that:

          1.   The Fund is duly organized and validly existing as a 
               corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of 
               Maryland.

          2.   The 10,000 presently issued and outstanding Shares have been 
               validly and legally issued and are fully paid and 
               nonassessable.

          3.   The Shares of the Fund to be offered for sale pursuant to the 
               Registration Statement are, to the extent of the number of 
               Shares authorized to be issued by the Fund in its Charter, 
               duly authorized and, when sold, issued and paid for as
               contemplated by the Registration Statement, will have been 
               validly and legally issued and will be fully paid and 
               nonassessable.

          The letter expresses our opinion with respect to the Maryland 
General Corporation Law governing matters such as due organization and the 
authorization and issuance of stock.  It does not extend to the securities 
or "blue sky" laws of Maryland, to federal securities laws or to other laws.

          You may rely upon our foregoing opinion in rendering your opinion 
to the Fund that is to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration 
Statement.

                              Very truly yours,

                         
                              Venable, Baetjer and Howard, LLP

<PAGE>

            Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
                      9 1 9  T H I R D  A V E N U E
                       NEW YORK, N.Y. 10022 - 3852
                          (212) 715 - 9100
                                                          FAX
                                                          (212) 715-8000
                                                          
                                                          ______
                                                          
                                                          WRITER'S DIRECT
                                                          NUMBER
                                                          
                                                          (212) 715-9100
                                                                
                         
                              November 3, 1995


Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.
Park 80 West
Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J.  07662


Gentlemen:

          We hereby consent to the reference of our firm as counsel in
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of the Lexington SmallCap Value
Fund, Inc.

                              Very truly yours,


                              Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
          

                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
                    Independent Auditors' Consent



To the Shareholders and Directors of the
Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report  dated October 30, 1995 included in
the Registration Statement  Form N-1A.


                                        KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
November 1, 1995







                   LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
                              PROTOTYPE
                      MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND
                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                          BASIC DOCUMENT #01
  






                              PROTOTYPE
                      MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND
                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 Section                                               Page
 
                              ARTICLE 1
                               GENERAL
 
 1.1  Purpose.........................................   1
 1.2  Trust...........................................   1
 
 
                              ARTICLE 2
                             DEFINITIONS
 
 2.1  Account.........................................   1
 2.2  Adoption Agreement..............................   1
 2.3  Affiliated Employers............................   1
 2.4  Beneficiary.....................................   2
 2.5  Break in Service................................   2
 2.6  Code............................................   2
 2.7  Compensation....................................   2
 2.8  Custodian.......................................   3
 2.9  Determination Date..............................   3
 2.10 Early Retirement Date...........................   3
 2.11 Earned Income...................................   3
 2.12 Effective Date..................................   3
 2.13 Eligibility Computation Period..................   3
 2.14 Employee........................................   4
 2.15 Employer........................................   4
 2.16 Employer Contributions..........................   4
 2.17 Entry Dates.....................................   4
 2.18 ERISA...........................................   4
 2.19 Hour of Service.................................   4
 2.20 Integration Level...............................   7
 2.21 Key Employee....................................   7
 2.22 Leased Employee.................................   7
 2.23 Maximum Disparity Rate..........................   8
 2.24 Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate...........   9
 2.25 Non-Key Employee................................   9
 2.26 Normal Retirement Age...........................   9
 2.27 Owner-Employee..................................   9
 2.28 Participant.....................................  10
 2.29 Plan............................................  10
 2.30 Plan Administrator..............................  10
 2.31 Plan Year.......................................  10
 2.32 Self-Employed Individuals.......................  10
 2.33 Shares..........................................  10
 2.34 Sponsor.........................................  10
 2.35 Taxable Wage Base...............................  10
 2.36 Total and Permanent Disability..................  10
 2.37 Trust...........................................  11
 2.38 Trust Agreement.................................  11
 2.39 Trustee.........................................  11
 2.40 Valuation Date..................................  11
 2.41 Vesting Computation Period......................  11
 2.42 Year of Service.................................  11
 
 
                               ARTICLE 3
                    ELIGIBILITY AND YEARS OF SERVICE
 
 3.1  Eligibility Requirements........................  11
 3.2  Participation and Service Upon Reemployment.....  12
 3.3  Predecessor Employers...........................  12
 
 
                               ARTICLE 4
                             CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 4.1  Employer Contributions..........................  13
 4.2  Payment.........................................  13
 4.3  Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions by
      Participants....................................  14
 4.4  Rollovers.......................................  14
 4.5  Direct Transfers................................  14
 
 
                               ARTICLE 5
                              ALLOCATIONS
 
 5.1  Individual Accounts.............................  15
 5.2  Minimum Allocation..............................  16
 5.3  Allocation of Employer Contributions and
      Forfeitures.....................................  17
 5.4  Coordination of Social Security Integration.....  19
 5.5  Withdrawals and Distributions...................  19
 5.6  Determination of Value of Trust Fund and of Net
      Earnings or Losses..............................  19
 5.7  Allocation of Net Earnings or Losses............  20
 5.8  Responsibilities of the Plan Administrator......  21
 
 
                               ARTICLE 6
                       LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
 
 6.1  Employers Who Do Not Maintain Other Qualified
      Plans...........................................  21
 6.2  Employers Who Maintain Other Qualified Master
      or Prototype Defined Contribution Plans.........  22
 6.3  Employers Who, In Addition to This Plan,
      Maintain Other Qualified Plans Which are
      Defined Contribution Plans Other Than Master or
      Prototype Plans.................................  24
 6.4  Employers, Who In Addition To This Plan,
      Maintain A Qualified Defined Benefit Plan.......  24
 6.5  Definitions.....................................  24
 
 
                               ARTICLE 7
                               TRUST FUND
 
 7.1  Receipt of Contributions by Trustee.............  29
 7.2  Investment Responsibility.......................  29
 7.3  Investment Limitations..........................  30
 
 
                               ARTICLE 8
                                VESTING
 
 8.1  Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions and
      Earnings........................................  30
 8.2  Rollovers, Transfers and Earnings...............  31
 8.3  Employer Contributions and Earnings.............  31
 8.4  Amendments to Vesting Schedule..................  31
 8.5  Determination of Years of Service...............  32
 8.6  Forfeiture of Nonvested Amounts.................  33
 8.7  Reinstatement of Benefit........................  33
 
 
                               ARTICLE 9
                JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
 
 9.1  General.........................................  34
 9.2  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity............  34
 9.3  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity........  34
 9.4  Definitions.....................................  34
 9.5  Notice Requirements.............................  36
 9.6  Safe Harbor Rules...............................  38
 9.7  Transitional Rules..............................  39
 
 
                               ARTICLE 10
                        DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS
 
 10.1 Vesting on Distribution Before Break in Service.  41
 10.2 Restrictions on Immediate Distributions.........  42
 10.3 Commencement of Benefits........................  44
 10.4 Early Retirement With Age and Service Require-
      ment............................................  44
 10.5 Nontransferability of Annuities.................  44
 10.6 Conflicts With Annuity Contracts................  44
 
 
                               ARTICLE 11
                    TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION
 
 11.1 General Rules...................................  45
 11.2 Required Beginning Date.........................  45
 11.3 Limits on Distribution Periods..................  45
 11.4 Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each
      Year............................................  45
 11.5 Death Distribution Provisions...................  46
 11.6 Designation of Beneficiary......................  48
 11.7 Definitions.....................................  48
 11.8 Transitional Rules..............................  51
 11.9 Optional Forms of Benefit.......................  52
 
 
                               ARTICLE 12
                              WITHDRAWALS
 
 12.1 Withdrawal of Nondeductible Voluntary Contribu-
      tions...........................................  54
 12.2 Hardship Withdrawals............................  54
 12.3 Manner of Making Withdrawals....................  55
 12.4 Limitations on Withdrawals......................  55
 
 
                               ARTICLE 13
                                 LOANS
 
 13.1 General Provisions..............................  55
 13.2 Administration of Loan Program..................  57
 13.3 Amount of Loan..................................  57
 13.4 Manner of Making Loans..........................  57
 13.5 Terms of Loan...................................  58
 13.6 Security for Loan...............................  58
 13.7 Segregated Investment...........................  59
 13.8 Repayment of Loan...............................  59
 13.9 Default on Loan.................................  59
 13.10Unpaid Amounts..................................  59
 
 
                               ARTICLE 14
                               INSURANCE
 
 14.1 Insurance.......................................  60
 14.2 Policies........................................  60
 14.3 Beneficiary.....................................  60
 14.4 Payment of Premiums.............................  60
 14.5 Limitation on Insurance Premiums................  61
 14.6 Insurance Company...............................  62
 14.7 Distribution of Policies........................  62
 14.8 Policy Features.................................  64
 14.9 Changed Conditions..............................  64
 14.10Conflicts.......................................  64
 
 
                               ARTICLE 15
                             ADMINISTRATION
 
 15.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Fiduciaries;
      Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility..........  64
 15.2 Powers and Responsibilities of the Plan
      Administrator...................................  65
 15.3 Allocation of Duties and Responsibilities.......  67
 15.4 Appointment of the Plan Administrator...........  67
 15.5 Expenses........................................  67
 15.6 Liabilities.....................................  67
 15.7 Claims Procedure................................  68
 
 
                               ARTICLE 16
                   AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
 
 16.1 Sponsor's Power to Amend........................  69
 16.2 Amendment by Adopting Employer..................  69
 16.3 Vesting Upon Plan Termination...................  70
 16.4 Vesting Upon Complete Discontinuance of
      Contributions...................................  70
 16.5 Maintenance of Benefits Upon Merger.............  70
 16.6 Special Amendments..............................  70
 
 
                               ARTICLE 17
                             MISCELLANEOUS
 
 17.1 Exclusive Benefit of Participants and
      Beneficiaries...................................  70
 17.2 Nonguarantee of Employment......................  71
 17.3 Rights to Trust Assets..........................  71
 17.4 Nonalienation of Benefits.......................  71
 17.5 Aggregation Rules...............................  72
 17.6 Failure of Qualification........................  73
 17.7 Applicable Law..................................  73

<PAGE>  

                               ARTICLE 1
                                GENERAL
 
     1.1  Purpose.  The Employer hereby establishes this Plan to provide
 retirement, death and disability benefits for eligible employees and their
 Beneficiaries.  This Plan is a standardized prototype paired defined
 contribution plan and is designed to permit adoption of profit sharing
 provisions, money purchase pension provisions, or both.  The provisions
 herein and the selections made by the Employer by execution of the money
 purchase pension or profit sharing Adoption Agreement or Agreements, shall
 constitute the Plan.  It is intended that the Plan and Trust qualify under
 sections 401 and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and
 that it comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
 Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
     1.2  Trust.  The Employer has simultaneously adopted a Trust to
 receive, invest, and distribute funds in accordance with the Plan.
 
 
                               ARTICLE 2
                              DEFINITIONS
 
     2.1  Account.  The aggregate of the individual bookkeeping
 subaccounts established for each Participant, as provided in section 5.1.
 
     2.2  Adoption_Agreement.  The written agreement or agreements of
 the Employer and the Trustee by which the Employer establishes this Plan
 and adopts the Trust Agreement forming a part hereof, as the same may be
 amended from time to time.  The Adoption Agreement contains all the
 options that may be selected by the Employer.  The information set forth
 in the Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer shall be deemed to be
 a part of this Plan as if set forth in full herein.
 
     2.3  Affiliated_Employers.  The Employer and any corporation which
 is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section

                                    -1-
<PAGE>

 414(b) of the Code) which includes the Employer, any trade or business
 (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined
 in section 414(c) of the Code) with the Employer, or any service
 organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
 affiliated service group (as defined in sections 414(m) and (o) of the
 Code) which includes the Employer.
 
     2.4  Beneficiary.  The person or persons (natural or otherwise)
 designated by a Participant in accordance with section 11.6 to receive any
 undistributed amounts credited to the Participant's Account under the Plan
 at the time of the Participant's death.
 
     2.5  Break_in_Service.  An Eligibility Computation Period or
 Vesting Computation Period in which an Employee fails to complete more
 than five hundred (500) Hours of Service.
 
     2.6  Code.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
 to time, or any successor statute.
 
     2.7  Compensation.
 
          (a)  Compensation will mean all of each Participant's W-2
 earnings.
 
          (b)  For any self-employed individual covered under the Plan,
 Compensation will mean Earned Income.
 
          (c)  Compensation shall include only that Compensation that
 is actually paid to the Participant during the Plan Year.
 
          (d)  Notwithstanding the above, if elected by the Employer
 in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount which is
 contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and
 which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee under sections
 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.  The effective date of this
 subsection shall be elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
 
          (e)  The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into

                                     -2-
<PAGE>

 account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed two hundred thousand
 dollars ($200,000), as adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in
 the same manner as under section 415(d) of the Code.  In determining the
 Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules
 of section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such
 rules, the term "family" shall include only the Spouse of the Participant
 and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age
 nineteen (19) before the close of the year.  If, as a result of the
 application of such rules, the adjusted two hundred thousand dollar
 ($200,000) limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of
 determining the portion of Compensation up to the Integration Level to the
 extent this Plan provides for permitted disparity), the limitation shall
 be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such
 individual's Compensation as determined under this section prior to the
 application of this limitation.
 
          (f)   The effective date of this subsection shall be the
 first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989.
 
     2.8  Custodian.  The custodian, if any, designated in the Adoption
 Agreement.
 
     2.9  Determination_Date.  With respect to any Plan Year subsequent
 to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.  For the
 first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that Plan Year.
 
     2.10 Early_Retirement_Date.  The first day of the month coincident
 with or next following the date upon which the Participant satisfies the
 early retirement age and service requirements in the Adoption Agreement;
 provided, however, such requirements may not be less than age fifty- five
 (55), nor more than fifteen (15) Years of Service.
 
     2.11 Earned_Income.  The net earnings from self- employment in the
 trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which
 personal services of the individual are a material income-producing
 factor.  Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not
 included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items.  Net
 earnings are reduced by contributions to a qualified plan to the extent
 deductible under section 404 of the Code.  Net earnings shall be
 determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by section
 164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.
 
     2.12 Effective_Date.  The first day of the first Plan Year for
 which the Plan is effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.13 Eligibility_Computation_Period.  For purposes of determining
 Years of Service and Breaks in Service for eligibility to participate, the
 initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be the twelve (12)
 consecutive month period beginning with the day the Employee first
 performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (employment commencement
 date).  The succeeding twelve (12) consecutive month periods commence with
 the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date.
 
                                   -3-   
<PAGE>

     2.14 Employee.  Any person, including a Self-Employed Individual,
 who is employed by the Employer maintaining the Plan or any other employer
 required to be aggregated with such Employer under sections 414(b), (c),
 (m) or (o) of the Code.  The term "Employee" shall also include any Leased
 Employee deemed to be an Employee of any Employer described above as
 provided in sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.
 
     2.15 Employer.  The corporation, proprietorship, partnership or
 other organization that adopts the Plan by execution of an Adoption
 Agreement.
 
     2.16 Employer_Contributions.  The contribution of the Employer to
 the Plan and Trust as set forth in section 4.1 and the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.17 Entry_Dates.  The Effective Date shall be the first Entry
 Date.  Thereafter, the Entry Dates shall be the first day of each Plan
 Year and the first day of the seventh month of each Plan Year.
 
     2.18 ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
 as amended.
 
     2.19 Hour_of_Service.
 
          (a)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
 payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours
 shall be credited to the Employee only for the computation period or
 periods in which the duties are performed; and
 
          (b)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
 payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no
 duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
 has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
 disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.  No
 more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited under
 this paragraph to an Employee on account of any single, continuous period
 during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
 occurs in a single computation period).  Hours under this paragraph will
 be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the
 Department of Labor regulations which are incorporated herein by this
 reference.
                                   -4-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
 of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
 Hours of Service shall not be credited both under paragraph (a) or
 paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c).  These
 hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or
 periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the
 computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.
 
          (d)  Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee
 has a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall also include an
 uncompensated authorized leave of absence not in excess of two (2) years,
 or military leave while the Employee's reemployment rights are protected
 by law or such additional or other periods as granted by the Employer as
 military leave (credited on the basis of forty (40) Hours of Service per
 each week or eight (8) Hours of Service per working day), provided the
 Employee returns to employment at the end of his leave of absence or
 within ninety (90) days of the end of his military leave, whichever is
 applicable.
 
          (e)  Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
 other members of an affiliated service group (under section 414(m)), a
 controlled group of corporations (under section 414(b)), or a group of
 trades or businesses under common control (under section 414(c)) of which
 the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be
 aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o) and the
 regulations thereunder.  Hours of Service will also be credited for any
 individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under section
 414(n) or section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.
 
          (f)  Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee
 has a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall also include absence from
 work for maternity or paternity reasons, if the absence begins on or after
 the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after 1984.  During this
 absence, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which
 would have been credited but for the absence, or, if such hours cannot be
 determined with eight (8) hours per day.  An absence from work for
 maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:
  
                                   -5-
<PAGE>

               (i)   by reason of the pregnancy of an Employee;
 
               (ii)  by reason of the birth of a child of the
 Employee;
 
               (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the
 Employee in connection with adoption; or
 
               (iv)  for purposes of caring for such a child for a
 period immediately following such birth or placement.
 
 These Hours of Service shall be credited in the computation period
 following the computation period in which the absence begins, except as
 necessary to prevent a Break in Service in the computation period in which
 the absence begins.  However, no more than five hundred one (501) Hours
 of Service will be credited for purposes of any such maternity or
 paternity absence from work.
 
          (g)  The Employer may elect to compute Hours of Service by
 the use of one of the service equivalencies in the Adoption Agreement. 
 Only one method may be selected.  If selected, the service equivalency
 must be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.
 
          (h)  If the Employer amends the method of crediting service
 from the elapsed time method described in section 1.410(a)-7 of the
 Treasury regulations to the Hours of Service computation method by the
 adoption of this Plan, or an Employee transfers from a plan under which
 service is determined on the basis of elapsed time, the following rules
 shall apply for purposes of determining the Employee's service under this
 Plan up to the time of amendment or transfer:
 
               (i)   the Employee shall receive credit, as of the date
 of amendment or transfer, for a number of Years of Service equal to the
 number of one (1) year periods of service credited to the Employee as of
 the date of the amendment or transfer; and

                                   -6-
<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  the Employee shall receive credit in the
 applicable computation period which includes the date of amendment or
 transfer, for a number of Hours of Service determined by applying the
 weekly service equivalency specified in paragraph (g) to any fractional
 part of a year credited to the Employee under this paragraph (h) as of the
 date of amendment or transfer.  The use of the weekly service equivalency
 shall apply to all Employees who formerly were credited with service under
 the elapsed time method.
 
     2.20 Integration_Level.  The Taxable Wage Base or such lesser
 amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.21 Key_Employee.
 
          (a)  Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries
 of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period was an
 officer of the Employer if such individual's annual Compensation exceeds
 fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
 of the Code; an owner (or considered an owner under section 318 of the
 Code) of one of the ten (10) largest interests in the Employer if such
 individual's Compensation exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar
 limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; a Five Percent (5%)
 Owner of the Employer; or a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has
 annual Compensation of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars
 ($150,000).
 
          (b)  For purposes of this section, annual Compensation means
 compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
 amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction
 agreement which are excludable from the Employee's gross income under
 sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.
 
          (c)  For purposes of this section, determination period is
 the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four (4) preceding
 Plan Years.
 
     2.22 Leased_Employee.
 
          (a)  Any person (other than an Employee of any of the
 Affiliated Employers) who, pursuant to an agreement between any of the
 Affiliated Employers and any other person ("leasing organization"), has
 performed service for any of the Affiliated Employers (or for any of the
 Affiliated Employers and related persons determined in accordance with
 section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a
 period of at least one (1) year and such services are of a type
 historically performed by employees in the Affiliated Employer's business
 field.  Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the
 
                                  -7-
<PAGE>

 leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
 Affiliated Employer shall be treated as provided by the Affiliated
 Employer.
 
          (b)  A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee
 of an Affiliated Employer if:
 
               (i)   such employee is covered by a money purchase
 pension plan providing:
 
                     (1)  a nonintegrated employer contribution rate
 of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation (as defined in section
 415(c)(3) of the Code), but including amounts contributed pursuant to a
 salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross
 income under sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code;
 
                     (2)  immediate participation; and
 
                     (3)  full and immediate vesting.
 
 and
 
               (ii)  Leased Employees do not constitute more than
 twenty percent (20%) of the Affiliated Employer's non-Highly-Compensated
 workforce.
 
          (c)  The determination of whether a person is a Leased
 Employee will be made pursuant to section 414(n) of the Code.
 
     2.23 Maximum_Disparity_Rate.  The lesser of:
 
          (a)  five and seven-tenths percent (5.7%);
 
          (b)  the applicable percentage determined in accordance with
 the table below:
                                    -8-
<PAGE>
                                      
                        If the Integration Level is
 
                                             The Applicable
 More_Than         But_Not_More_Than         Percentage_Is:
 
 $0                X */                           5.7%
 X of TWB          80% of TWB                     4.3%
 80% of TWB        Y **/                          5.4%
 
 
 */  X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 **/ Y = any amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than
      100% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 "TWB" means the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 If the Integration Level used is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
 applicable percentage is five and seven-tenths percent (5.7%).
 
 
     2.24 Maximum_Profit_Sharing_Disparity_Rate.  The lesser of:
 
          (a)  two and seven-tenths percent (2.7%);
 
          (b)  the applicable percentage determined in accordance with
 the table below:
 
                        If the Integration Level is
 
                                             The Applicable
 More_Than         But_Not_More_Than         Percentage_Is:
 
 $0                X */                           2.7%
 X of TWB          80% of TWB                     1.3%
 80% of TWB        Y **/                          2.4%
 
 
 */  X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 **/ Y = any amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than
      100% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 "TWB" means the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 If the Integration Level used is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
 applicable percentage is two and seven-tenths percent (2.7%).
 
     2.25 Non-Key_Employee.  Any Employee or former Employee who is not
 a Key Employee.  In addition, any Beneficiary of a Non-Key Employee shall
 be treated as a Non- Key Employee.
 
     2.26 Normal_Retirement_Age.  The age selected in the Adoption
 Agreement, but not less than age fifty-five (55).  If the Employer
 enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the
 lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption
 Agreement.
 
     2.27 Owner-Employee.  An individual who is a sole proprietor, or
 who is a partner owning more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital
 or profits interest of a partnership.
 
                                  -9-
<PAGE>

     2.28 Participant.  A person who has met the eligibility
 requirements of section 3.1 and whose Account hereunder has been neither
 completely forfeited nor completely distributed.
 
     2.29 Plan.  The prototype paired defined contribution profit
 sharing and money purchase pension plan provided under this basic plan
 document.  References to the Plan shall refer to the profit sharing
 provisions, the money purchase pension provisions, or both, as the context
 may require.
 
     2.30 Plan_Administrator.  The person, persons or entity appointed
 by the Employer pursuant to ARTICLE 15 to manage and administer the Plan.
 
     2.31 Plan_Year.  The twelve (12) consecutive month period
 designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.32 Self-Employed_Individual.  An individual who has Earned Income
 for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
 established, or an individual who would have had Earned Income for the
 taxable year but for the fact that the trade or business had no net
 profits for the taxable year.
 
     2.33 Shares.  Shares of stock in any regulated investment company
 registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are made
 available for investment purposes as an investment option under this Plan.
 
     2.34 Sponsor.  The sponsor designated in the Adoption Agreement
 which has made this Plan available to the Employer.
 
     2.35 Taxable_Wage_Base.  The maximum amount of earnings which may
 be considered wages for a year under section 3121(a)(1) of the Code in
 effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year.
 
     2.36 Total_and_Permanent_Disability.  The inability of the
 Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any
 medically determinable physical or mental impairment, which condition, in
 the opinion of a physician chosen by the Plan Administrator, can be
 expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last
 for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.
  
                                 -10-
<PAGE>

     2.37 Trust.  The fund maintained by the Trustee for the investment
 of Plan assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Trust
 Agreement.
 
     2.38 Trust_Agreement.  The agreement between the Employer and the
 Trustee under which the assets of the Plan are held, administered, and
 managed.  The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall be considered an
 integral part of this Plan as if set forth fully herein.
 
     2.39 Trustee.   The individual or corporate Trustee or Trustees
 under the Trust Agreement as they may be constituted from time to time.
 
     2.40 Valuation_Date.  The last day of each Plan Year and such other
 dates as may be determined by the Plan Administrator, as provided in
 section 5.6 for valuing the Trust assets.
 
     2.41 Vesting_Computation_Period.  The Plan Year.
 
     2.42 Year_of_Service.  An Eligibility Computation Period, Vesting
 Computation Period, or Plan Year, whichever is applicable, during which
 an Employee has completed at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
 (whether or not continuous).  The Employer may, in the Adoption Agreement,
 specify a fewer number of hours.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 3
                     ELIGIBILITY AND YEARS OF SERVICE
 
     3.1  Eligibility_Requirements.
 
          (a)  Each Employee of the Affiliated Employers shall become
 a Participant in the Plan as of the first Entry Date after the date on
 which the Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements
 specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                                 -11-
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to
 exclude from participation:
 
               (i)   Employees included in a unit of employees covered
 by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee
 representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
 bargaining.  For this purpose, the term "Employee representatives" does
 not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees
 who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer; and
 
               (ii)  nonresident aliens who receive no earned income
 from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United
 States.
 
     3.2  Participation_and_Service_Upon_Reemployment.  Upon the
 reemployment of any Employee, the following rules shall determine his
 eligibility to participate in the Plan and his credit for prior service.
 
          (a)  Participation.  If the reemployed Employee was a
 Participant in the Plan during his prior period of employment, he shall
 be eligible upon reemployment to resume participation in the Plan.  If the
 reemployed Employee was not a Participant in the Plan, he shall be
 considered a new Employee and required to meet the requirements of section
 3.1 in order to be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the
 reinstatement of credit for prior service under paragraph (b) below.
 
          (b)  Credit_for_Prior_Service.  In the case of any Employee
 who is reemployed before or after incurring a Break in Service, any Hour
 of Service and Year of Service credited to the Employee at the end of his
 prior period of employment shall be reinstated as of the date of his
 reemployment.
 
     3.3  Predecessor_Employers.  If specified in the Adoption
 Agreement, Years of Service with a predecessor employer will be treated
 as service for the Employer for eligibility purposes; provided, however,
 if the Employer  maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, Years of
 Service with such employer will be treated as service with the Employer
 without regard to any election.

                                  -12-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 4
                               CONTRIBUTIONS
 
     4.1  Employer_Contributions.
 
          (a)  Money_Purchase_Pension_Contributions.  For each Plan
 Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount equal to such
 uniform percentage of Compensation of each eligible Participant as may be
 determined by the Employer in accordance with the money purchase pension
 contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement.  Subject to the
 limitations of section 5.4, the money purchase pension contribution
 formula may be integrated with Social Security, as set forth in the
 Adoption Agreement.
 
          (b)  Profit_Sharing_Contribution.  For each Plan Year, the
 Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount as may be determined by
 the Employer in accordance with the profit sharing formula set forth in
 the Adoption Agreement.
 
          (c)  Eligible_Participants.  Subject to the Minimum
 Allocation rules of section 5.2 and the exclusions specified in this
 section, each Participant shall be eligible to share in the Employer
 Contribution.  An Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement that
 Participants who terminate employment during the Plan Year with not more
 than five hundred (500) Hours of Service and who are not Employees as of
 the last day of the Plan Year (other than Participants who die, retire or
 become totally and Permanently Disabled during the Plan Year) shall not
 be eligible to share in the Employer Contribution.  An Employer may
 further elect in the Adoption Agreement to allocate a contribution on
 behalf of a Participant who completes fewer than five hundred (500) Hours
 of Service and is otherwise ineligible to share in the Employer
 Contribution.  If the Employer fails to specify in the Adoption Agreement
 the number of Hours of Service required to share in the Employer
 Contribution, the number shall be five hundred (500) Hours of Service.
 
          (d)  Contribution_Limitation.  In no event shall any Employer
 Contribution exceed the maximum amount deductible from the Employer's
 income under section 404 of the Code, or the maximum limitations under
 section 415 of the Code provided in ARTICLE 6.
 
     4.2  Payment.  All Employer Contributions to the Trust for any Plan
 Year shall be made either in one lump-sum or in installments in U.S.
 currency, by check, or in Shares within the time prescribed by law,
 including extensions granted by the Internal Revenue Service, for filing
 the Employer's federal income tax return for the taxable year with or
 within which such Plan Year ends.  All Employer Contributions to the Trust
 for a money purchase pension plan for any Plan Year shall be made within
 the time prescribed by regulations under section 412(c)(10) of the Code.

                                 -13-

<PAGE>
 
     4.3  Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contributions_by_Partici pants.
 
          (a)  This Plan will not accept nondeductible Employee
 contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this
 Plan is adopted by the Employer.  Employee contributions made with respect
 to Plan years beginning after December 31, 1986 will be limited so as to
 meet the nondiscrimination test of section 401(m).
 
          (b)  A separate account shall be maintained by the Trustee
 for the nondeductible Employee contributions of each Participant.
 
          (c)  Employee contributions and earnings thereon shall be
 fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
 
          (d)  The provisions of this section shall apply to Employee
 contributions made prior to the first Plan Year after the Plan Year in
 which the Employer adopts this Plan.
 
     4.4  Rollovers.
 
          (a)  Subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, a
 participant who has participated in any other qualified plan described in
 section 401(a) of the Code or in a qualified annuity plan described in
 section 403(a) of the Code shall be permitted to make a rollover
 contribution in the form of cash to the Trustee of an amount received by
 the Participant that is attributable to participation in such other plan
 (reduced by any nondeductible voluntary contributions he made to the
 plan), provided that the rollover contribution complies with all
 requirements of sections 402(a)(5) or 403(a)(4) of the Code, whichever is
 applicable.
 
          (b)  Before approving such a Participant rollover, the Plan
 Administrator may request from the Participant or the Employer any
 documents which the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary
 for such rollover.
 
          (c)  Any rollover contribution to the Trust shall be credited
 to the Participant's rollover subaccount established under section 5.1 and
 separately accounted for.
 
     4.5  Direct_Transfers.
 
          (a)  The Plan shall accept a transfer of assets directly from
 another plan qualified under sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code only
 if the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, agrees to accept such
 a transfer.  In determining whether to accept such a transfer the Plan
 Administrator shall consider the administrative inconvenience engendered
 by such a transfer and any risks to the continued qualification of the
 Plan under section 401(a) of the Code.  Acceptance of any such transfer
 shall not preclude the Plan Administrator from refusing any subsequent
 such transfers.

                                 -14-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Any transfer of assets accepted under this section shall
 be credited to the Participant's direct transfer subaccount and shall be
 separately accounted for at all times and shall remain subject to the
 provisions of the transferor plan (as it existed at the time of such
 transfer) to the extent required by section 411(d)(6) of the Code
 (including, but not limited to, any rights to Qualified Joint and Survivor
 Annuities and qualified preretirement survivor annuities) as if such
 provisions were part of the Plan.  In all other respects, however, such
 transferred assets will be subject to the provisions of the Plan.
 
          (c)  Assets accepted under this section shall be fully vested
 and nonforfeitable.
 
          (d)  Before approving such a direct transfer, the Plan
 Administrator may request from the Participant or the Employer (or the
 prior employer) any documents the Plan Administrator, in its discretion,
 deems necessary for such direct transfer.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 5
                                ALLOCATIONS
 
     5.1  Individual_Accounts.  The Plan Administrator shall establish
 and maintain an Account in the name of each Participant.  The Account
 shall contain the following subaccounts:
 
          (a)  A money purchase pension contribution subaccount to
 which shall be credited each such Participant's share of (i) Employer
 Contributions under section 4.1(a); (ii) the net earnings or net losses
 on the investment of the assets of the Trust; (iii) distributions; and
 (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received on
 any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;
 
          (b)  A profit sharing contribution subaccount to which shall
 be credited each such Participant's share of (i) Employer Contributions
 under section 4.1(b); (ii) forfeitures; (iii) the net earnings or net
 losses on the investment of the assets of the trust; (iv) distributions;
 and (v) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received
 on any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;

                                  -15-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  A nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount to
 which shall be credited (i) nondeductible voluntary contributions by the
 Participant under section 4.3; (ii) the net earnings or net losses on the
 investment of the assets of the Trust; (iii) distributions; and
 (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received on
 any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;
 
          (d)  A direct transfer subaccount to which shall be credited
 (i) contributions to the Trust accepted under section 4.5(a); (ii) the net
 earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of the Trust;
 (iii) distributions; and (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and
 other earnings received on any Shares credited to the Participant's
 subaccount;
 
          (e)  A rollover subaccount to which shall be credited
 (i) contributions to the Trust accepted under section 4.4(a); (ii) the net
 earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of the Trust;
 (iii) distributions; and (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and
 other earnings received on any Shares credited to the Participant's
 subaccount.
 
     5.2  Minimum_Allocation.
 
          (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this section, the
 Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
 Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser
 of three percent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation or in the case
 where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan
 to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the largest percentage of Employer
 Contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the first two hundred
 thousand dollars ($200,000) of the Key Employee's Compensation, allocated
 on behalf of any Key Employee for that year.  The minimum allocation is
 determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.  This
 minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions,
 the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation,
 or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the
 Participant's failure to complete one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
 (or any equivalent provided in the Plan); or (ii) the Participant's
 failure to make mandatory Employee contributions to the Plan; or
 (iii) Compensation less than a stated amount.  For purposes of this
 subsection, all defined contribution plans required to be included in an
 aggregation group under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) shall be treated as a
 single plan.

                                  -16-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  For purposes of computing the minimum allocation,
 Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in section 6.5(b) of the
 Plan.
 
          (c)  The provision in subsection (a) above shall not apply
 to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day
 of the Plan Year.
 
          (d)  The provision in subsection (a) above shall not apply
 to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any
 other plan or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the
 Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
 applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans.
 
          (e)  The minimum allocation required (to the extent required
 to be nonforfeitable under section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under
 section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).
 
     5.3  Allocation_of_Employer_Contributions_and_Forfeitures.
 
          (a)  All money purchase pension contributions for a given
 Plan Year shall be allocated to the Account of the Participant for whom
 such contribution was made.  Any forfeiture from a Participant's money
 purchase pension contribution subaccount arising under the Plan for a
 given Plan Year shall be applied as specified in the Adoption Agreement,
 either: (i) to reduce the Employer Contribution in that year, or if in
 excess of the Employer Contribution for such Plan Year, the excess amounts
 shall be used to reduce the Employer Contribution in the next succeeding
 Plan Year or Years or (ii) to be added to the Employer Contributions and
 allocated accordingly.
 
          (b)  All profit sharing contributions and forfeitures from
 a Participant's profit sharing contribution subaccount will be allocated
 to the Account of each Participant in the ratio that such Participant's
 Compensation bears to the Compensation of all Participants.  However, if
 the profit sharing contribution formula selected in the  Adoption
 Agreement is integrated with Social Security, profit sharing contributions
 for the Plan Year plus any forfeitures will be allocated to Participants'
 Accounts as follows:

                                  -17-

<PAGE>

 
               (i)   Step_One.  Contributions and forfeitures will be
 allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio that each
 Participant's total Compensation bears to all Participants' total
 Compensation, but not in excess of three percent (3%) of each
 Participant's Compensation.  (Step One is not applicable if the Employer
 enters into the money purchase pension Adoption Agreement).
 
               (ii)  Step_Two.  Any contributions and forfeitures
 remaining after the allocation in Step One (if any) will be allocated to
 each Participant's Account in the ratio that each Participant's
 Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level bears
 to the excess Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of three
 percent (3%).  (Step Two is not applicable if the Employer enters into the
 money purchase pension Adoption Agreement).
 
               (iii) Step_Three.  Any contributions and forfeitures
 remaining after the allocation in Step Two (if any) will be allocated to
 each Participant's Account in the ratio that the sum of each Participant's
 total Compensation and Compensation in excess of the Integration Level
 bears to the sum of all Participants' total Compensation and Compensation
 in excess of the Integration Level, but not in excess of whichever of the
 following is applicable:
 
               (i)   if the Employer has not adopted the money
 purchase pension Adoption Agreement, then the Maximum Profit Sharing
 Disparity Rate; or
 
               (ii)  If the Employer has adopted the money purchase
 pension Adoption Agreement, then the lesser of:
 
                     (1)  the percentage of each Participant's
 Compensation for the Plan Year up to the Integration Level determined by
 dividing the allocation by such Compensation (the base contribution
 percentage); or
 
                     (2)  the Maximum Disparity Rate.
 
               (iv)  Step_Four.  Any remaining contributions or
 forfeitures will be allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio
 that each Participant's total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all
 Participants' total Compensation for that year.
 
          (c)  Notwithstanding anything in (a) or (b) above to the
 contrary, forfeitures arising under a Participant's money purchase pension
 contribution subaccount will only be used to reduce the contributions of
 the Participant's Employer who adopted this Plan, and forfeitures arising
 under a Participant's profit sharing contribution subaccount will be
 reallocated only for the benefit of Employees of the Participant's
 Employer who adopted this Plan.

                                -18-

<PAGE>
 
     5.4  Coordination_of_Social_Security_Integration.  If the Employer
 maintains plans involving integration with Social Security other than this
 Plan, and if any Participant is eligible to participate in more than one
 of such plans, all such plans will be considered to be integrated if the
 extent of the integration of all such plans does not exceed one hundred
 percent (100%).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the extent of
 integration of a plan is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) which the
 actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or Employer Contribution rate
 under the plan bears to the integration limitation applicable to such
 plan.  If the Employer enters into both the money purchase pension
 Adoption Agreement and the profit sharing Adoption Agreement under this
 Plan, integration with Social Security may only be selected in one Adop-
 
 tion Agreement.
 
     5.5  Withdrawals_and_Distributions.  Any distribution to a
 Participant or his Beneficiary, any amount transferred from a
 Participant's Account directly to the Trustee of any other qualified plan
 described in section 401(a) of the Code or to a qualified annuity plan
 described in section 403(a) of the Code, or any withdrawal by a
 Participant shall be charged to the appropriate subaccount(s) of the
 Participant as of the date of the distribution or the withdrawal.
 
     5.6  Determination_of_Value_of_Trust_Fund_and_of_Net
 Earnings_or_Losses.  As of each Valuation Date the Trustee shall determine
 for the period then ended the sum of the net earnings or losses of the
 Trust (excluding with respect to Shares and other assets specifically
 allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount, (i) dividends and
 capital gain distributions from Shares, (ii) receipts or income
 attributable to insurance policies, (iii) income gains and/or losses
 attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to ARTICLE 13 or to
 any other assets) which shall reflect accrued but unpaid interest,
 dividends, gains, or losses realized from the sale, exchange or collection
 of assets, other income received, appreciation in the fair market value
 of assets, depreciation in the fair market value of assets, administration
 expenses, and taxes and other expenses paid.  Gains or losses realized and
 adjustments for appreciation or depreciation in fair market value shall
 be computed with respect to the difference between such value as of the
 preceding Valuation Date or date of purchase, whichever is applicable, and
 the value as of the date of disposition or the current Valuation Date,
 whichever is applicable.

                                  -19-

<PAGE>
 
     5.7  Allocation_of_Net_Earnings_or_Losses.
 
          (a)  As of each Valuation Date the net earnings or losses of
 the Trust (excluding with respect to Shares and other assets specifically
 allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount, (i) dividends and
 capital gain distributions from Shares, (ii) dividends or credits
 attributable to insurance policies, (iii) income gains and/or losses
 attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to ARTICLE 13 or to
 any other assets, all of which shall be allocated to such Participant's
 subaccount) for the valuation period then ending shall be allocated to the
 Accounts of all Participants (or Beneficiaries) having credits in the fund
 both on such date and at the beginning of such valuation period.  Such
 allocation shall be made by the application of a fraction, the numerator
 of which is the value of the Account of a specific Participant (or
 Beneficiary) as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by
 any distributions therefrom since such preceding Valuation Date, and the
 denominator of which is the total value of all such Accounts as of the
 preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions therefrom since
 such preceding Valuation Date.
 
          (b)  To the extent that Shares and other assets are
 specifically allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount:
 (i) dividends and capital gain distributions from Shares; (ii) dividends
 or credits attributable to insurance policies; and (iii) income gains
 and/or losses attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to
 ARTICLE 13 or to any other assets, all shall be allocated to such Partici-
 pant's subaccount.

                                -20-

<PAGE>
 
     5.8  Responsibilities_of_the_Plan_Administrator.  The Plan
 Administrator shall maintain accurate records with respect to the
 contributions made by or on behalf of Participants under the Plan, and
 shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions directing the Trustee
 to allocate all Plan contributions to the Trust among the separate
 Accounts of Participants in accordance with section 5.1 above.  In making
 any such allocation, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the
 instructions furnished by the Plan Administrator, and shall be under no
 duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 6
                        LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
 
     6.1  Employers_Who_Do_Not_Maintain_Other_Qualified Plans.
 
          (a)  If the Participant does not participate in, and has
 never participated in another qualified plan or a welfare benefit fund,
 as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or
 an individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the
 Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition as
 defined in section 6.5(a), the amount of Annual Additions that may be
 credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not
 exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other
 limitation contained in this Plan.  If the Employer Contribution that
 would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account
 would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the
 Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be
 reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal
 the Maximum Permissible Amount.
 
          (b)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
 Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable
 estimation of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year,
 uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.
 
          (c)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
 of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
 Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
 
          (d)  If, pursuant to subsection (c) or as a result of the
 allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount the excess will be
 disposed of as follows:
 
               (i)   Any nondeductible voluntary Employee
 contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be
 returned to the Participant;
 
               (ii)  If after the application of paragraph (i) an
 Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
 the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's
 Account will be used to reduce Employer Contributions (including any
 allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation
 Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                                  -21-

<PAGE>
 
               (iii) If after the application of paragraph (i) an
 Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
 at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held
 unallocated in a suspense account.  The suspense account will be applied
 to reduce future Employer Contributions (including allocation of any
 forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year,
 and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;
 
               (iv)  If a suspense account is in existence at any time
 during the Limitation Year pursuant to this section, it will not
 participate in the allocation of the Trust's investment gains and losses. 
 If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular
 Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and
 reallocated to Participants' Accounts before any Employer or any Employee
 contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.  Excess
 amounts may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.
 
     6.2  Employers_Who_Maintain_Other_Qualified_Master_or
           Prototype_Defined_Contribution_Plans.
 
          (a)  This section applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
 Participant is covered under another qualified master or prototype defined
 contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as
 defined in section 419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer or an
 individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
 maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual Addition as defined
 in section 6.5(a), during any Limitation Year.  The Annual Additions that
 may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such
 Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by
 the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's Account under the other
 plans and welfare benefit funds for the same Limitation Year.  If the
 Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined
 contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer
 are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer Contribution
 that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
 Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the
 Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or
 allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such
 plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
 Amount.  If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under
 such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the
 aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no
 amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under
 this Plan for the Limitation Year.

                                 -22-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
 Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in
 section 6.1(b).
 
          (c)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
 of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
 Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
 
          (d)  If, pursuant to section 6.2(c), or as a result of the
 allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this
 Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a
 Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual
 Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a
 welfare benefit fund or individual medical account will be deemed to have
 been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.
 
          (e)  If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on
 an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date
 of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the
 product of:
 
               (i)   the total Excess Amount allocated as of such
 date, times
 
               (ii)  the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated
 to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan
 to (2) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
 Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified
 master or prototype defined contribution plans.
 
          (f)  Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be
 disposed of in the manner described in section 6.1(d).

                                   -23-

<PAGE>
 
     6.3  Employers_Who,_In_Addition_to_this_Plan,_Maintain
 Other_Qualified_Plans_Which_Are_Defined_Contribution_Plans
 Other_than_Master_or_Prototype_Plans.  If the Participant is covered under
 another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer
 which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be
 credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation
 Year will be limited in accordance with section 6.2 as though the other
 plan were a Master or Prototype Plan unless the Employer provides other
 limitations in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     6.4  Employers_Who,_In_Addition_to_This_Plan,_Maintain
 A_Qualified_Defined_Benefit_Plan.  If the Employer maintains, or at any
 time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant
 in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Fraction and
 Defined Contribution Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. 
 The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account
 under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with
 the Adoption Agreement.
 
     6.5  Definitions.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, for
 purposes of this ARTICLE only, the following definitions and rules of
 interpretation shall apply:
 
          (a)  Annual_Additions.  The sum of the following amounts
 credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:
 
               (i)   Employer Contributions;
 
               (ii)  Employee contributions;
 
               (iii) forfeitures; and
 
               (iv)  amounts allocated after March 31, 1984 to an
 individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
 which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, are
 treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.  Also, amounts
 derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
 taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-
 retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key
 employee, as defined in section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
 benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the
 Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.
 
 For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under sections 6.1(d) or
 6.2(f) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions will be
 considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

                                -24-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Compensation.  A Participant's earned income, wages,
 salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received
 for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with
 the Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to,
 commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
 percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and
 bonuses), and excluding the following:
 
               (i)   Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
 compensation which are not includable in the Employee's gross income for
 the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer Contributions under a
 simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are
 excluded from the Employee's gross income, or any distributions from a
 plan of deferred compensation;
 
               (ii)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a
 nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by
 the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject
 to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
 
               (iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
 disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
 
               (iv)  Other amounts which received special tax
 benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a
 salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described
 in section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually
 excludable from the gross income of the Employee).
 
               For purposes of applying the limitations of this
 ARTICLE, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually
 paid or includable in gross income during such year.
 
               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for
 a Participant in a defined contribution plan who is Totally and
 Permanently Disabled (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the
 Compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year
 if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid
 immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed
 Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only
 if the Participant is not a Highly-Compensated Employee (as defined in
 section 414(q) of the Code), and contributions made on behalf of such
 Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

                                 -25-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Defined_Benefit_Fraction.  A fraction, the numerator of
 which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all
 the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
 Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of one hundred
 percent (100%) of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year
 under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code or one hundred forty percent
 (140%) of highest average compensation, including any adjustments under
 section 415(b) of the Code.
 
          Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
 Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning
 after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
 by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator
 of this fraction will not be less than one hundred twenty-five percent
 (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the
 Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year
 beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms
 and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986.   The preceding sentence
 applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the
 aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
 Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.
 
          (d)  Defined_Contribution_Dollar_Limitation.  Thirty thousand
 dollars ($30,000) or, if greater, one- fourth (1/4) of the defined benefit
 dollar limitation set forth in section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect
 for the Limitation Year.
 
          (e)  Defined_Contribution_Fraction.  A fraction, the
 numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's
 Account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not
 terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior
 Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
 Participant's nondeductible voluntary contributions to all defined benefit
 plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the
 Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in
 section 419(e) of the Code and individual medical accounts, as defined in
 section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer), and the
 denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the
 current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer
 (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the
 Employer).  The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the
 lesser of one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar limitation in effect
 under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or thirty-five percent (35%) of the
 Participant's Compensation for such year.

                                     -26-

<PAGE
 
          If the Participant was a Participant as of the end of the
 first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986,
 in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
 were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
 adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction
 would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.  Under the
 adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum
 of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will
 be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.  The
 adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as
 of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
 and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made
 after May 5, 1986, but using the section 415 limitation applicable to the
 first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.  The Annual
 Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, shall
 not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as Annual Additions.
 
          (f)  Employer.  For purposes of this ARTICLE, Employer shall
 mean the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled
 group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code as
 modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly controlled trades
 or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code as modified by
 section 415(h) of the Code), or affiliated service groups (as defined in
 section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting Employer is a part and
 any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
 regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.
 
          (g)  Excess_Amount.  The excess of the Participant's Annual
 Addition for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.
 
          (h)  Highest_Average_Compensation.  The average compensation
 for the three consecutive Plan Years that produce the highest average.
 
          (i)  Limitation_Year.  A Plan Year, or the twelve (12)
 consecutive month period elected by the Employer in the Adoption
 Agreement.  All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the
 same Limitation Year.  If the Limitation Year is amended to a different
 twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin
 on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

                               -27-

<PAGE>
 
          (j)  Master_or_Prototype_Plan.  A plan the form of which is
 the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
 Service.
 
          (k)  Maximum_Permissible_Amount.  The maximum Annual Addition
 that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under the
 Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:
 
          (a)  the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation;
 
 or
 
          (b)  twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
 
          The Compensation limitation referred to in subsection (b)
 shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
 meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
 otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under section 415(l)(1) or section
 419A(d)(2) of the Code.
 
          If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
 changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month
 period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined
 Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
 
               Number of Months in the Short Limitation Year
               ---------------------------------------------
                                    12
 
          (l)  Projected_Annual_Benefit.  The annual retirement benefit
 (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such
 benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be
 entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:
 
               (i)   the Participant will continue employment until
 Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and
 
               (ii)  the Participant's Compensation for the current
 Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
 under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

                                 -28-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 7
                                TRUST FUND
 
     7.1  Receipt_of_Contributions_by_Trustee.  All contributions to the
 Trust that are received by the Trustee, together with any earnings
 thereon, shall be held, managed and administered by the Trustee named in
 the Adoption Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
 Trust Agreement and the Plan.  The Trustee may use a Custodian designated
 by the Sponsor to perform recordkeeping and custodial functions.  The
 Trustee shall be subject to the proper directions of the Employer or the
 Plan Administrator made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and
 ERISA.
 
     7.2  Investment_Responsibility.
 
          (a)  If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to
 exercise investment authority and responsibility, the selection of the
 investments in which assets of the Trust are invested shall be the
 responsibility of the Plan Administrator and each Participant will have
 a ratable interest in all assets of the Trust.
 
          (b)  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
 elects to permit each Participant or Beneficiary to select the investments
 in his Account, no person, including the Trustee and the Plan
 Administrator, shall be liable for any loss or for any breach of fiduciary
 duty which results from such Participant's or Beneficiary's exercise of
 control.
 
          (c)  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
 elects to permit each Participant or Beneficiary to select the investments
 in his Account, the Employer or the Plan Administrator must complete a
 schedule of Participant designations.
 
          (d)  If Participants and Beneficiaries are permitted to
 select the investment in their Accounts, all investment related expenses,
 including administrative fees charged by brokerage houses, will be charged
 against the Accounts of the Participants.
 
          (e)  The Plan Administrator may at any time change the
 selection of investments in which the assets of the Trust are invested,
 or subject to such reasonable restrictions as may be imposed by the
 Sponsor for administrative convenience, may submit an amended schedule of
 Participant designations.  Such amended documents may provide for a
 variance in the percentages of contributions to any particular investment
 or a request that Shares in the Trust be reinvested in whole or in part
 in other Shares.

                                  -29-

<PAGE>
 
     7.3  Investment_Limitations.  The Sponsor may impose reasonable
 investment limitations on the Employer and the Plan Administrator relating
 to the type of permissible investments in the Trust or the minimum
 percentage of Trust assets to be invested in Shares.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 8
                                  VESTING
 
     8.1  Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contributions_and Earnings.  The
 Participant's nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount shall be
 fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times and no forfeitures will occur
 as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of nondeductible voluntary
 contributions.

                                -30-

<PAGE>
 
     8.2  Rollovers,_Transfers_and_Earnings.  The Participant's rollover
 subaccount and direct transfer subaccount shall be fully vested and
 nonforfeitable at all times.
 
     8.3  Employer_Contributions_and_Earnings.  Notwithstanding the
 vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the
 Participant's money purchase pension contribution subaccount and profit
 sharing contribution subaccount shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable
 upon the Participant's death, disability, attainment of Normal Retirement
 Age, or, if the Adoption Agreement provides for an Early Retirement Date,
 attainment of the required age and completion of the required service. 
 In the absence of any of the preceding events, the Participant's money
 purchase contribution subaccount and his profit sharing contribution
 subaccount shall vest in accordance with a minimum vesting schedule
 specified in the Adoption Agreement.  The schedule must be at least as
 favorable to Participants as either schedule (a) or (b) below.
 
          (a)  Graduated vesting according to the following schedule:
 
          Years_of_Service          Vested_Percentage
 
          Less than 2                       0%
          2 but less than 3                20%
          3 but less than 4                40%
          4 but less than 5                60%
          5 but less than 6                80%
          6 or more                       100%
 
          (b)  Full one hundred percent (100%) vesting after three (3)
 Years of Service.
 
     8.4  Amendments_to_Vesting_Schedule.
 
          (a)  If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan
 is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation
 of the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed
 amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule,
 each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the
 Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the
 amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under
 the Plan without regard to such amendment or change.  For any Participants
 who do not have at least one (1) Hour of Service in any Plan Year
 beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied
 by substituting "five (5) Years of Service" for "three (3) Years of
 Service" where such language appears.

                                    -31-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  The period during which the election may be made shall
 commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and
 shall end on the latest of:
 
               (i)   sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;
 
               (ii)  sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes
 effective; or
 
               (iii) sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued
 written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.
 
          (c)  No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the
 extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
 benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Account
 balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under section 412(c)(8) of
 the Code.  For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the
 effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance or eliminating an
 optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service
 before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. 
 Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of
 an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such
 amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable
 percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's right to his
 Employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less than his percentage
 computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
 
     8.5  Determination_of_Years_of_Service.  For purposes of
 determining the vested and nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant's
 Employer Contribution subaccounts, all of the Participant's Years of
 Service with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall be taken into
 account.  If specified in the Adoption Agreement, Years of Service with
 a predecessor employer will be treated as service for the Employer;
 provided, however, if the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
 employer, Years of Service with such predecessor employer will be treated
 as service with the Employer without regard to any election.

                                   -32-

<PAGE>
 
     8.6  Forfeiture_of_Nonvested_Amounts.
 
          (a)  For Plan Years beginning before 1985, any portion of a
 Participant's Account that is not vested shall be forfeited by him as of
 the last day of the Plan Year in which a Break in Service occurs.  For
 Plan Years beginning after 1984, any portion of a Participant's Account
 that is not vested shall be forfeited by him as of the last day of the
 Plan Year in which his fifth consecutive Break in Service occurs.  Any
 amounts thus forfeited shall be reallocated as provided in ARTICLE 5 and
 shall not be considered part of a Participant's Account in computing his
 vested interest.  The remaining portion of the Participant's Account will
 be nonforfeitable.
 
          (b)  If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant
 has a vested right to less than one hundred percent (100%) of the value
 of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Contributions and
 forfeitures, as determined in accordance with the provisions of section
 8.3, and the nonvested portion of the Participant's Account has not yet
 been forfeited in accordance with paragraph (a) above:
 
               (i)   a separate remainder subaccount shall be
 established for the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of
 the distribution, and
 
               (ii)  at any relevant time the Participant's vested
 portion of the separate remainder subaccount shall be equal to an amount
 ("X") determined by the following formula:
 
                       X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)
 
          For purposes of applying the formula:  P is the vested
 percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Account balance at the relevant
 time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the
 Account balance at the relevant time to the Account balance after
 distribution.
 
     8.7  Reinstatement_of_Benefit.  If a benefit is forfeited because
 a Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit will be
 reinstated if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

                                   -33-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 9
                  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
 
     9.1  General.  The provisions of this ARTICLE shall apply to any
 Participant who is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service with the
 Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as
 provided in section 9.7.
 
     9.2  Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  Unless an optional form
 of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the ninety
 (90) day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a married
 Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested
 Account Balance will be paid in the form of a life annuity.  The
 Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed upon attainment of
 the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan.
 
     9.3  Qualified_Preretirement_Survivor_Annuity.  Unless an optional
 form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period pursuant to
 a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting
 Date, then the Participant's Vested Account Balance shall be applied
 toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the Surviving Spouse. 
 The Surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a
 reasonable period after the Participant's death.
 
     9.4  Definitions.
 
          (a)  Election_Period.
 
               (i)   The period which begins on the first day of the
 Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and ends
 on the date of the Participant's death.  If a Participant separates from
 service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age thirty-five
 (35) is attained, with respect to the Account balance as of the date of
 separation, the Election Period shall begin on the date of separation.

                                   -34-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  A Participant who has not yet attained age
 thirty-five (35) as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special
 Qualified Election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity
 for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the
 first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age
 thirty-five (35).  Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant
 receives a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under
 section 9.5.  Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be
 automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
 Participant attains age thirty-five (35).  Any new waiver on or after such
 date shall be subject to the full requirements of this ARTICLE.
 
          (b)  Earliest_Retirement_Age.  The earliest date on which,
 under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement
 benefits.
 
          (c)  Qualified_Election.
 
               (i)   A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
 Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity.  Any waiver of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity shall not be effective unless:
 
                     (1)  the Participant's Spouse consents in
 writing to the election;
 
                     (2)  the election designates a specific
 Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent
 Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
 Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any
 further spousal consent);
 
                     (3)  the Spouse's consent acknowledges the
 effect of the election; and
 
                     (4)  the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan
 representative or notary public.  Additionally, a Participant's waiver of
 the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the
 election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed
 without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by
 the participant without any further spousal consent).  If it is
 established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no
 Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
 Qualified Election.

                                  -35-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this
 provision (or establishment that the consent of Spouse may not be
 obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse.  A consent
 that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of
 further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the
 right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of
 benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to
 relinquish either or both of such rights.  A revocation of a prior waiver
 may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time
 before the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not
 be limited.  No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid
 unless the Participant has received notice as provided in section 9.5.
 
          (d)  Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  An immediate
 annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the
 life of the Spouse which equals fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the
 annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
 Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the
 Participant's Vested Account Balance.
 
          (e)  Spouse_(Surviving_Spouse).  The Spouse or Surviving
 Spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated
 as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated
 as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified
 domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
 
          (f)  Annuity_Starting_Date.  The first day of the first
 period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.
 
          (g)  Vested_Account_Balance.  The aggregate value of the
 Participant's Vested Account Balances derived from Employer and Employee
 contributions (including rollovers and direct transfers), whether vested
 before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts if
 any, on the Participant's life.  The provisions of this ARTICLE shall
 apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to Employer
 Contributions, Employee contributions (or both) at the time of death or
 distribution.
 
     9.5  Notice_Requirements.
 
          (a)  In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
 the Plan Administrator shall no less than thirty (30) days and no more
 than ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide each
 Participant a written explanation of:
 
               (i)   the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and
 Survivor Annuity;
 
               (ii)  the Participant's right to make and the effect
 of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of
 benefit;
 
               (iii) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and
 
               (iv)  the right to make, and the effect of, a
 revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and
 Survivor Annuity.

                                -36-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  In the case of a qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity as described in section 9.3, the Plan Administrator shall provide
 each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant a
 written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in
 such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation
 provided for meeting the requirements of subsection (a) applicable to a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
 
          (c)  The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of
 the following periods ends last:
 
               (i)   the period beginning with the first day of the
 Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending
 with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the
 Participant attains age thirty-five (35);
 
               (ii)  a reasonable period ending after the individual
 becomes a Participant;
 
               (iii) a reasonable period ending after subsection (e)
 ceases to apply to the Participant;
 
               (iv)  a reasonable period ending after this ARTICLE
 first applies to the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice
 must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from
 service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before
 attaining age thirty-five (35).
 
          (d)  For purposes of applying subsection (c), a reasonable
 period ending after the enumerated events described above in subsections
 (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end of the two-year period beginning one (1)
 year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1)
 year after that date.  In the case of a Participant who separates from
 service before the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained,
 notice shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1)
 year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation.  If
 such a participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the
 applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

                                  -37-

<PAGE>
 
          (e)  Notwithstanding the other requirements of this section,
 the respective notices prescribed by this section need not be given to a
 Participant if:
 
               (i)   the Plan "fully subsidizes" the cost of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity; and
 
               (ii)  the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive
 the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement
 survivor annuity and does not allow a married Participant to designate a
 nonspouse Beneficiary.
 
          For purposes of this subsection, a plan fully subsidizes the
 costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the
 Participant may result from the Participant's failure to elect another
 benefit.
 
     9.6  Safe_Harbor_Rules.
 
          (a)  This section shall apply to a Participant in a profit
 sharing plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of
 the first Plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a
 separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible Employee
 contributions, as defined in section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and
 maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money purchase pension plan
 (including a target benefit plan) if the following conditions are
 satisfied:
 
               (i)   the Participant does not or cannot elect payments
 in the form of a life annuity; and
 
               (ii)  on the death of a Participant, the Participant's
 Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant's Surviving Spouse, 
 but if there is no Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving Spouse has
 consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the
 Participant's Designated Beneficiary.
 
          (b)  The Surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of
 the Vested Account Balance commence within the ninety (90) day period
 following the date of the Participant's death.  The Account balance shall
 be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death
 in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of
 Account balances for other types of distributions.

                                 -38-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  This section shall not be operative with respect to a
 Participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect
 transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target
 benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the
 survivor annuity requirements of sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. 
 If this section is operative, then the provisions of this ARTICLE, other
 than section 9.7, shall be inoperative.
 
          (d)  The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit
 described in this section at any time provided that no such waiver shall
 be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of section 9.4(c) (other
 than the notification requirement referred to therein) that would apply
 to the Participant's waiver of the qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity.
 
          (e)  For purposes of this section, Vested Account Balance
 shall mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a target
 benefit plan, the Participant's separate Account balance attributable
 solely to accumulated deductible Employee contributions within the meaning
 of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.  In the case of a profit sharing plan,
 Vested Account Balance shall have the same meaning as provided in section
 9.4(g).
 
     9.7  Transitional_Rules.
 
          (a)  Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
 August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed
 by the previous sections of this ARTICLE must be given the opportunity to
 elect to have the prior sections of this ARTICLE apply if such Participant
 is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a
 predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and
 such Participant had at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he
 or she separated from service.
 
          (b)  Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
 August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
 under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and
 who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning
 on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or
 her benefits paid in accordance with subsection (d).

                                 -39-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  The respective opportunities to elect (as described in
 subsections (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate
 Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending
 on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.
 
          (d)  Any Participant who has elected pursuant to subsection
 (b) and any Participant who does not elect under subsection (a) or who
 meets the requirements of subsection (a) except that such Participant does
 not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or she
 separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in
 accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have
 been payable in the form of a life annuity:
 
               (i)   Automatic_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  If
 benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married
 Participant who:
 
                     (1)  begins to receive payments under the Plan
 on or after Normal Retirement Age; or
 
                     (2)  dies on or after Normal Retirement Age
 while still working for the Employer; or
 
                     (3)  begins to receive payments on or after the
 qualified early retirement age; or
 
                     (4)  separates from service on or after
 attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the qualified early retirement age)
 and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of
 benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive
 such benefits;
 
 then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected
 otherwise during the Election Period.  The Election Period must begin at
 least six (6) months before the Participant attains qualified early
 retirement age and end not more than ninety (90) days before the
 commencement of benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in writing and
 may be changed by the Participant at any time.

                                -40-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  Election_of_Early_Survivor_Annuity.  A
 Participant who is employed after attaining the qualified early retirement
 age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period,
 to have a survivor annuity payable on death.  If the Participant elects
 the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than
 the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified
 Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day
 before his or her death.  Any election under this provision will be in
 writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.  The Election
 Period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant
 attains the qualified early retirement age; or (2) the date on which
 participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates
 employment.
 
          (e)  The following terms shall have the meanings specified
 herein:
 
               (i)   Qualified_Early_Retirement_Age.  The latest of:
 
                     (1)  the earliest date, under the Plan, on which
 the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits;
 
                     (2)  the first day of the 120th month beginning
 before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age; or
 
                     (3)  the date the Participant begins
 participation.
 
               (ii)  Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  An annuity
 for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of
 the Spouse as described in section 9.4(d).
 
 
                                ARTICLE 10
                          DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS
 
     10.1 Vesting_on_Distribution_Before_Break_in_Service.
 
          (a)  If an Employee terminates service, and the value of the
 Employee's Vested Account Balance derived from Employer and Employee
 contributions is not greater than three thousand five hundred dollars
 ($3,500), the Employee will receive a distribution of the value of the
 entire vested portion of such Account balance and the nonvested portion
 will be treated as a forfeiture.  For purposes of this section, if the
 value of an Employee's Vested Account Balance is zero, the Employee shall
 be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account Balance. 
 A Participant's Vested Account Balance shall not include accumulated
 deductible Employee contributions within the meaning of section
 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

                                  -41-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  If an Employee terminates service and elects, in
 accordance with this ARTICLE, to receive the value of his Vested Account
 Balance, the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.  If the
 Employee elects to have distributed less than the entire vested portion
 of the Account balance derived from Employer Contributions, the part of
 the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total
 nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
 amount of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions and the
 denominator of which is the total value of the vested Employer derived
 Account balance.
 
          (c)  If an Employee receives a distribution pursuant to this
 section and the Employee resumes employment covered under this Plan, the
 Employee's Employer- derived Account balance will be restored to the
 amount on the date of distribution if the Employee repays to the Plan the
 full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions
 before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the
 Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the date the
 Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service
 following the date of the distribution.  If an Employee is deemed to
 receive a distribution pursuant to this section, and the Employee resumes
 employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs
 five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment
 of such Employee, the Employer-derived Account balance of the Employee
 will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.
 
     10.2 Restrictions_on_Immediate_Distributions.
 
          (a)  If the value of a Participant's Vested Account Balance
 derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at the time
 of any prior distribution exceeded) three thousand five hundred dollars
 ($3,500) and the Account balance is immediately distributable, the
 Participant and the Participant's Spouse (or where either the Participant
 or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of
 such Account balance.  The consent of the Participant and the
 Participant's Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the ninety (90)
 day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.  The Annuity Starting Date
 is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
 annuity or any other form.  The Plan Administrator shall notify the
 Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer any
 distribution until the Participant's Account balance is no longer
 immediately distributable.  Such notification shall include a general
 description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative
 values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a
 manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of section 417(a)(3),
 and shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than
 ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date.

                                    -42-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), only
 the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the
 form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the Account balance
 is immediately distributable.  (Furthermore, if payment in the form of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the
 Participant pursuant to section 9.6 of the Plan, only the Participant need
 consent to the distribution of an Account balance that is immediately
 distributable).  Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Partici-
 
 pant's Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is
 required to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or section 415 of the Code.  In
 addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not offer an
 annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), the Participant's
 Account balance may, without the Participant's consent, be distributed to
 the Participant or transferred to another defined contribution plan (other
 than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of
 the Code) within the same controlled group.
 
          (c)  An Account balance is immediately distributable if any
 part of the Account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or
 Surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained
 if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age sixty- two
 (62).
 
          (d)  For purposes of determining the applicability of the
 foregoing consent requirements to distributions made before the first day
 of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the
 Participant's Vested Account Balance shall not include amounts
 attributable to accumulated deductible Employee contributions within the
 meaning of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

                                 -43-

<PAGE>
 
     10.3 Commencement_of_Benefits.
 
          (a)  Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution
 of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the
 close of the Plan Year in which:
 
               (i)   the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) (or
 Normal Retirement Age, if earlier);
 
               (ii)  the 10th anniversary of the year in which the
 Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs; or
 
               (iii) the Participant terminates service with the
 Employer.
 
          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a
 Participant and Spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is
 immediately distributable, within the meaning of section 10.2 of the Plan,
 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any
 benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.
 
     10.4 Early_Retirement_With_Age_and_Service_Require ment.  If a
 Participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement
 for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the
 Participant will be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon
 satisfaction of such age requirement.
 
     10.5 Nontransferability_of_Annuities.  Any annuity contract
 distributed herefrom must be nontransferable.
 
     10.6 Conflicts_With_Annuity_Contracts.  The terms of any annuity
 contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse
 shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

                                -44-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                ARTICLE 11
                     TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     11.1 General_Rules.
 
          (a)  Subject to ARTICLE 9, the requirements of this ARTICLE
 shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest and will take
 precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan.  Unless
 otherwise specified, the provisions of this ARTICLE apply to calendar
 years beginning after December 31, 1984.
 
          (b)  All distributions required under this ARTICLE shall be
 determined and made in accordance with the income tax regulations under
 section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the minimum distribution
 incidental benefit requirement of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
 regulations.
 
     11.2 Required_Beginning_Date.  The entire interest of a Participant
 must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the
 Participant's Required Beginning Date.
 
     11.3 Limits_on_Distribution_Periods.  As of the first Distribution
 Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may only be
 made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):
 
          (a)  the life of the Participant;
 
          (b)  the life of the Participant and a Designated
 Beneficiary;
 
          (c)  a period certain not extending beyond the Life
 Expectancy of the Participant; or
 
          (d)  a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last
 survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.
 
     11.4 Determination_of_Amount_to_be_Distributed_Each Year.
 
          (a)  Individual_Account.
 
               (i)   If a Participant's Benefit is to be distributed
 over (1) a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the
 Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
 Participant and the Participant's Designated Beneficiary or (2) a period
 not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary,
 the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning
 with distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must at least
 equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit by the
 Applicable Life Expectancy.

                               -45-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  For calendar years beginning before January 1,
 1989, if the Participant's Spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
 method of distribution selected must assure that at least fifty percent
 (50%) of the present value of the amount available for distribution is
 paid within the Life Expectancy of the Participant.
 
               (iii) For calendar years beginning after December 31,
 1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions
 for the first Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the
 quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit by the lesser of
 (1) the Applicable Life Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's Spouse is
 not the Designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the
 table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
 regulations.  Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be
 distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy in subsection (a)(i)
 above as the relevant divisor without regard to proposed regulations
 section 1.401(a)(9)-2.
 
               (iv)  The minimum distribution required for the
 Participant's first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before
 the Participant's Required Beginning Date.  The minimum distribution for
 other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the
 Distribution Calendar Year in which the Employee's Required Beginning Date
 occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution
 Calendar Year.
 
          (b)  Other_Forms.  If the Participant's Benefit is
 distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company,
 distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements
 of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder.
 
     11.5 Death_Distribution_Provisions.
 
          (a)  Distribution_Beginning_Before_Death.  If the Participant
 dies after distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining
 portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as
 rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the
 Participant's death.
 
          (b)  Distribution_Beginning_After_Death.  If the Participant
 dies before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution of
 the Participant's entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
 calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
 except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
 accordance with (i) or (ii) below:

                                -46-

<PAGE>
 
               (i)   if any portion of the Participant's interest is
 payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the
 life or over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the
 Designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar
 year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
 died;
 
               (ii)  if the Designated Beneficiary is the
 Participant's Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to
 begin in accordance with (i) above shall not be earlier than the later of
 (1) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
 year in which the Participant died and (2) December 31 of the calendar
 year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half
 (70 1/2).
 
          (c)  If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to
 this section by the time of his or her death, the Participant's Designated
 Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the
 earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions
 would be required to begin under this section; or (2) December 31 of the
 calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death
 of the Participant.  If the Participant has no Designated Beneficiary, or
 if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution,
 distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be completed by
 December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
 Participant's death.
 
          (d)  For purposes of subsection (b) above, if the Surviving
 Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such Spouse
 begin, the provisions of subsection (b), with the exception of paragraph
 (ii) therein, shall be applied as if the Surviving Spouse were the
 Participant.
 
          (e)  For purposes of this section, any amount paid to a child
 of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the Surviving
 Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when the
 child reaches the age of majority.
 
          (f)  For the purposes of this section, distribution of a
 Participant's interest is considered to begin on the Participant's
 Required Beginning Date (or, if subsection (d) above is applicable, the
 date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse pursuant
 to subsection (b) above).  If distribution in the form of an annuity
 described in section 11.4(b) above irrevocably commences to the
 Participant before the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is
 considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

                              -47-

<PAGE>
 
     11.6 Designation_of_Beneficiary.  Subject to the rules of
 ARTICLE 9, a Participant (or former Participant) may designate from time
 to time any person or persons (who may be designated contingently or
 successively and may be an entity other than a natural person) as his
 Beneficiary who will be entitled to receive any undistributed amounts
 credited to the Participant's separate Account under the Plan at the time
 of the Participant's death.  Any such Beneficiary designation by a
 Participant shall be made in writing in the manner prescribed by the Plan
 Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed with the Plan
 Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.  A Participant may change
 or revoke his Beneficiary designation at any time in the manner prescribed
 by the Plan Administrator.  If any portion of the Participant's Account
 is invested in insurance pursuant to ARTICLE 14, the Beneficiary of the
 benefits under the insurance policy shall be the person or persons
 designated under the policy.  If the Designated Beneficiary (or each of
 the Designated Beneficiaries) predeceases the Participant, the Partici-
 
 pant's Beneficiary designation shall be ineffective.  If no Beneficiary
 designation is in effect at the time of the Participant's death, his
 Beneficiary shall be his estate.
 
     11.7 Definitions.
 
          (a)  Applicable_Life_Expectancy.  The Life Expectancy (or
 joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of
 the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or
 Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced
 by one (1) for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life
 Expectancy was first calculated.  If Life Expectancy is being
 recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy
 as so recalculated.  The applicable calendar year shall be the first
 Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated
 such succeeding calendar year.  If annuity payments commence in accordance
 with section 11.4(b) before the Required Beginning Date, the applicable
 calendar year is the year such payments commence.  If distribution is in
 the form of an immediate annuity purchased after the Participant's death
 with the Participant's remaining interest, the applicable calendar year
 is the year of purchase.

                                -48-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Designated_Beneficiary.  The individual who is
 designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with section
 401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.
 
          (c)  Distribution_Calendar_Year.  A calendar year for which
 a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before
 the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
 calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the
 Participant's Required Beginning Date.  For distributions beginning after
 the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
 calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to
 section 11.5 above.
 
          (d)  Life_Expectancy.
 
               (i)   Life Expectancy and joint and last survivor
 expectancy are computed by use of the expected return multiples in
 Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the income tax regulations.
 
               (ii)  Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
 Spouse, in the case of distributions described in section 11.5(b)(ii)
 above) by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancies
 shall be recalculated annually.  Such election shall be irrevocable as to
 the Participant (or Spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years.  The
 Life Expectancy of a non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
 
          (e)  Participant's_Benefit.
 
               (i)   The Account balance as of the last valuation date
 in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year
 (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions or
 forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation
 calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made
 in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.
 
               (ii)  For purposes of subsection (i) above, if any
 portion of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution Calendar
 Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the
 Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in
 the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been
 made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

                                -49-

<PAGE>
 
          (f)  Required_Beginning_Date.
 
               (i)   General_Rule.  The Required Beginning Date of a
 Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year following the
 calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
 (70 1/2).
 
               (ii)  Transitional_Rules.  The Required Beginning Date
 of a Participant who attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) before
 January 1, 1988, shall be determined in accordance with (1) or (2) below:
 
                     (1)  Non-Five-Percent_Owners.  The Required
 Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a Five Percent (5%) Owner is
 the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year
 in which the later of retirement or attainment of age seventy and one-
 half (70 1/2) occurs.
 
                     (2)  Five_Percent_Owners.  The Required
 Beginning Date of a Participant who is a Five Percent (5%) Owner during
 any year beginning after December 31, 1979, is the first day of April
 following the later of:
 
                          (A)  the calendar year in which the
 Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2); or
 
                          (B)  the earlier of the calendar year with
 or within which ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a Five
 Percent (5%) Owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
 
 The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a Five Percent
 (5%) Owner who attains age seventy and one- half (70 1/2) during 1988 and
 who has not retired as of January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.
 
               (iii) Five_Percent_Owner.  A Participant is treated as
 a Five Percent (5%) Owner for purposes of this section if such Participant
 is a Five Percent (5%) Owner as defined in section 416(i) of the Code
 (determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether
 the Plan is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
 within the calendar year in which  such owner attains age sixty-six and
 one-half (66 1/2) or any subsequent year.
 
               (iv)  Once distributions have begun to a Five Percent
 (5%) Owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed, even
 if the Participant ceases to be a Five Percent (5%) Owner in a subsequent
 year.

                                -50-

<PAGE>
 
     11.8 Transitional_Rule.
 
          (a)  Notwithstanding the other requirements of this ARTICLE
 and subject to the requirements of ARTICLE 9, distribution on behalf of
 any Employee, including a Five Percent (5%) Owner, may be made in
 accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such
 distribution commences):
 
               (i)   The distribution by the Trust is one which would
 not have disqualified such trust under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal
 Revenue Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act
 of 1984.
 
               (ii)  The distribution is in accordance with a method
 of distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in the Trust is
 being distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of
 such Employee.
 
               (iii) Such designation was in writing, was signed by
 the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.
 
               (iv)  The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan
 as of December 31, 1983.
 
               (v)   The method of distribution designated by the
 Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distributions will
 be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Employee's death,
 the Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.
 
          (b)  A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
 transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the
 required information described above with respect to the distributions to
 be made upon the death of the Employee.
 
          (c)  For any distribution which commences before January 1,
 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the
 Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to
 have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution
 is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
 the distribution satisfies the requirements in subsections (a)(i) and
 (a)(v).

                                   -51-

<PAGE>
 
          (d)  If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution
 must satisfy the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
 proposed regulations thereunder.  If a designation is revoked subsequent
 to the date distributions are required to begin, the Trust must distribute
 by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
 revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have
 been required to have been distributed to satisfy section 401(a)(9) of the
 Code and the regulations thereunder but for the section 242(b)(2)
 election.  For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
 distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
 requirements in section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations.  Any
 changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the
 designation.  However, the mere substitution or addition of another
 beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will
 not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such
 substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
 distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly
 (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).  In the case in
 which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another
 plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.
 
     11.9 Optional_Forms_of_Benefit.
 
          (a)  Except to the extent benefits are required to be paid
 in the form of an automatic joint and survivor annuity under ARTICLE 9,
 any amount which a Participant shall be entitled to receive under the Plan
 shall be distributed in one or a combination of the following ways:
 
               (i)   in a lump-sum payment of cash, the amount of
 which shall be determined by redeeming all Shares credited to the
 Participant's Account under the Plan as of the date of distribution;
 
               (ii)  in a lump-sum payment including a distribution
 in kind of all Shares credited to the Participant's Account under the Plan
 as of the date of distribution;

                                 -52-

<PAGE>
 
               (iii) in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, or
 annual installment payments of cash, or the distribution of Shares in
 kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Life Expectancy of the
 Participant or the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy of the
 Participant and his Beneficiary, determined in each case as of the earlier
 of:  (1) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the event entitling the
 Participant to a distribution of benefits, or (2) the date such
 installments commence;
 
               (iv)  if permitted by the Sponsor, in monthly,
 quarterly, or annual installment payments of cash, or the distribution of
 Shares in kind, so that the amount distributed in each Plan Year equals
 the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account at the
 beginning of that Plan Year by the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy
 of the Participant and the Beneficiary for that Plan Year.  The Life
 Expectancy will be computed using the recomputation method described in
 section 11.7(d).  Unless the Spouse of the retired Participant is the
 Beneficiary, the actuarial present value of all expected payments to the
 retired Participant must be more than fifty percent (50%) of the actuarial
 present value of payments to the retired Participant and the Beneficiary;
 or
 
               (v)   by application of the Participant's vested
 Account to the purchase of a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity
 contract, on an individual or group basis.  Unless the Spouse of the
 retired Participant is the Beneficiary, the actuarial present value of all
 expected payments to the retired Participant must be more than fifty
 percent (50%) of the actuarial present value of payments to the retired
 Participant and the Beneficiary.
 
          (b)  If the Participant fails to select a method of
 distribution, except as may be required by ARTICLE 9, all amounts which
 he is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed to him in
 a lump-sum payment.

                                 -53-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                ARTICLE 12
                                WITHDRAWALS
 
     12.1 Withdrawal_of_Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contribu tions.  Subject
 to the Qualified Election requirements of ARTICLE 9 and section 12.3, any
 Participant who has made nondeductible voluntary contributions may, upon
 thirty (30) days notice in writing filed with the Plan Administrator, have
 paid to him all or any portion of the fair market value of his
 nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount.
 
     12.2 Hardship_Withdrawals.  If the Adoption Agreement so provides
 and the Employer elects, this section applies only to the profit sharing
 contribution subaccount and only if the profit sharing allocation formula
 selected in the Adoption Agreement is not integrated with Social Security.
 
          (a)  Demonstration_of_Need.  Subject to the Qualified
 Election requirements of ARTICLE 9 and section 12.3, if a Participant
 establishes an immediate and heavy financial need for funds because of a
 hardship resulting from the purchase or renovation of a primary residence,
 the education of the Participant or a member of his immediate family
 (including special education), the medical or personal expenses of the
 Participant or a member of his immediate family, or other demonstrable
 emergency as determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform and
 nondiscriminatory basis, the Participant shall be permitted, subject to
 the limitations of subsection (b) below, to make a hardship withdrawal of
 an amount credited to his profit sharing contribution subaccount under the
 Plan.
 
          (b)  Amount_of_Hardship_Withdrawal.  The amount of any
 hardship withdrawal by a Participant under subsection (a) above shall not
 exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created
 by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the
 Participant.
 
          (c)  Prior_Withdrawal_of_Nondeductible_Voluntary
 Participant_Contributions.  A Participant shall not be permitted to make
 a hardship withdrawal under subsection (a) above unless he has already
 withdrawn, in accordance with section 12.1, any amount credited to his
 nondeductible voluntary contributions subaccount.

                                  -54-

<PAGE>
 
     12.3 Manner_of_Making_Withdrawals.  Any withdrawal by a Participant
 under the Plan shall be made only after the Participant files a written
 request with the Plan Administrator specifying the nature of the
 withdrawal (and the reasons therefor, if a hardship withdrawal), and the
 amount of funds requested to be withdrawn.  Upon approving any withdrawal,
 the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions
 directing the Trustee to make the withdrawal in a lump-sum payment of cash
 to the Participant.  In making any withdrawal payment, the Trustee shall
 be fully entitled to rely on the instructions furnished by the Plan
 Administrator, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or
 investigation with respect thereto.  Unless section 9.6 is applicable, if
 the Participant is married, his Spouse must consent to the withdrawal
 pursuant to a Qualified Election (as defined in section 9.4(c)) within the
 ninety (90) day period ending on the date of the withdrawal.
 
     12.4 Limitations_on_Withdrawals.  The Plan Administrator may
 prescribe uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures limiting the
 number of times a Participant may make a withdrawal under the Plan during
 any Plan Year, and the minimum amount a Participant may withdraw on any
 single occasion.
 
 
                                ARTICLE 13
                                   LOANS
 
     13.1 General_Provisions.
 
          (a)  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
 so elects, loans shall be made available to any Participant or Beneficiary
 who is a party-in-interest (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) on a
 reasonably equivalent basis.  A Participant or Beneficiary who is not a
 party-in-interest (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) shall not be
 eligible to receive a loan under this ARTICLE.
 
          (b)  Loans shall not be made available to Highly- Compensated
 Employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the Code) in an amount greater
 than the amount made available to other Employees.
 
          (c)  Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable
 interest rate.

                                 -55-

<PAGE>
 
          (d)  No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of
 the Participant's Vested Account Balance.
 
          (e)  Unless section 9.6 is applicable, a Participant must
 obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to use of the Account
 balance as security for the loan.  Spousal consent shall be obtained no
 earlier than the beginning of the ninety (90) day period that ends on the
 date on which the loan is to be so secured.  The consent must be in
 writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed
 by a Plan representative or notary public.  Such consent shall thereafter
 be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse
 with respect to that loan.  A new consent shall be required if the Account
 balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision
 of the loan.
 
          (f)  In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
 attachment of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs
 under the Plan.
 
          (g)  Loans will not be made to any shareholder- employee or
 Owner-Employee.  For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee
 means an Employee or officer of an electing small business (subchapter S)
 corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
 section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the taxable year of such
 corporation, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the
 corporation.
 
          (h)  If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in
 accordance with subsection (e), then, notwithstanding any other provision
 of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance used
 as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding
 to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
 the amount of the Account balance payable at the time of death or
 distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. 
 If less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant's Vested
 Account Balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is
 payable to the Surviving Spouse, then the Account balance shall be
 adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account Balance by the amount of the
 security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit
 payable to the Surviving Spouse.

                                -56-

<PAGE>
 
     13.2 Administration_of_Loan_Program.
 
          (a)  The Plan's loan program will be administered by the Plan
 Administrator.
 
          (b)  Loan requests shall be made on a form prescribed by the
 Plan Administrator and shall comply with section 13.4.
 
          (c)  Loan requests that comply with all the requirements of
 this ARTICLE shall be approved by the Plan Administrator.
 
          (d)  The rate of interest to be charged on loans shall be
 determined under section 13.5.
 
          (e)  The only collateral that may be used as security for a
 loan, and the limitations and requirements applicable, are determined
 under section 13.6.
 
          (f)  The rules regarding defaults are set forth in section
 13.9.
 
     13.3 Amount_of_Loan.  Loans to any Participant or Beneficiary will
 not be made to the extent that such loan, when added to the outstanding
 balance of all other loans to the Participant or Beneficiary, would exceed
 the lesser of:
 
          (a)  fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) reduced by the excess
 (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one (1)
 year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the
 outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made;
 or
 
          (b)  one-half (1/2) the present value of the nonforfeitable
 accrued benefit of the Participant.
 
          (c)  For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans from
 all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of employers
 described in sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code are
 aggregated.
 
     13.4 Manner_of_Making_Loans.  A request by a Participant for a loan
 shall be made in writing to the Plan Administrator and shall specify the
 amount of the loan, and the subaccount(s) or Shares of the Participant
 from which the loan should be made.  The terms and conditions on which the
 Plan Administrator shall approve loans under the Plan shall be applied on
 a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis with respect to all Participants. 
 If a Participant's request for a loan is approved by the Plan
 Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with
 written instructions directing the Trustee to make the loan in a lump-sum
 payment of cash to the Participant.  In making any loan payment under this
 ARTICLE, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the instructions
 furnished by the Plan Administrator and shall be under no duty to make any
 inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.

                                 -57-

<PAGE>
 
     13.5 Terms_of_Loan.  Loans shall be made on such terms and subject
 to such limitations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.  
 Furthermore, any loan shall, by its terms, require that repayment
 (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less
 frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five (5)
 years from the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a
 dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the
 loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant. 
 The rate of interest to be charged shall be  determined by the Plan
 Administrator in accordance with the rates quoted by representative
 financial institutions in the local area for similar loans.
 
     13.6 Security_for_Loan.  Any loan to a Participant under the Plan
 shall be secured by the pledge of all the Participant's right, title, and
 interest in the Trust.  Such pledge shall be evidenced by the execution
 of a promissory note by the Participant which shall provide that, in the
 event of any default by the Participant on a loan repayment, the Plan
 Administrator shall be authorized (to the extent permitted by law) to
 deduct the amount of the loan outstanding and any unpaid interest due
 thereon from the Participant's wages or salary to be thereafter paid by
 the Employer, and to take any and all other actions necessary and
 appropriate to enforce collection of the unpaid loan.  An assignment or
 pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a
 loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract
 purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this section. 
 In the event the value of the Participant's vested Account at any time is
 less than one hundred twenty- five percent (125%) of the outstanding loan
 balance, the Plan Administrator shall request additional collateral of
 sufficient value to adequately secure the repayment of the loan.  Failure
 to provide such additional collateral upon a request of the Plan
 Administrator shall constitute an event of default.

                                    -58-

<PAGE>
 
     13.7 Segregated_Investment.  Loans shall be considered a
 Participant directed investment and, for the limited purposes of
 allocating earnings and losses pursuant to ARTICLE 5, shall not be
 considered a part of the common fund under the Trust.
 
     13.8 Repayment_of_Loan.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
 responsibility for ensuring that a Participant timely makes all loan
 repayments, and for notifying the Trustee in the event of any default by
 the Participant on the loan.  Each loan repayment shall be paid to the
 Trustee and shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Plan
 Administrator that identify the Participant on whose behalf the loan
 repayment is being made.
 
     13.9 Default_on_Loan.
 
          (a)  In the event of a termination of the Participant's
 employment with the Affiliated Employers or a default by a Participant on
 a loan repayment, all remaining payments on the loan shall be immediately
 due and payable.  The Employer shall, upon the direction of the Plan
 Administrator, to the extent permitted by law, deduct the total amount of
 the loan outstanding and any unpaid interest due thereon from the wages
 or salaries payable to the Participant by the Employer in accordance with
 the Participant's promissory note.  In addition, the Plan Administrator
 shall take any and all other actions necessary and appropriate to enforce
 collection of the unpaid loan.  However, attachment of the Participant's
 Account pledged as security will not occur until a distributable event
 occurs under the Plan.
 
          (b)  For purposes of this section, the term "default" shall
 mean failure, by a period of at least ten (10) days, to make any loan
 payment (whether principal or interest or both) that is due and payable. 
 Neither the Plan Administrator nor any other fiduciary is required to give
 any written or oral notice of default.
 
     13.10     Unpaid_Amounts.  Upon the occurrence of a Participant's
 retirement or death, or upon a Participant's fifth consecutive Break in
 Service or earlier distribution, the unpaid balance of any loan, including
 any unpaid interest, shall be deducted from any payment or distribution
 from the Trust to which such Participant or his Beneficiary may be
 entitled.  If after charging the Participant's Account with the unpaid
 balance of the loan, including any unpaid interest, there still remains
 an unpaid balance of any such loan and interest, then the remaining unpaid
 balance of such loan and interest shall be charged against any property
 pledged as security with respect to such loan.

                                   -59-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                ARTICLE 14
                                 INSURANCE
 
     14.1 Insurance.  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the
 Employer elects to allocate or permit Participants to allocate a portion
 of their Accounts to purchase life insurance, the ensuing subsections of
 this ARTICLE shall apply.
 
     14.2 Policies.  The Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee
 to procure one or more life insurance policies on the Participant's life,
 the terms of which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and the
 Code.  The policies and the companies which write them shall be subject
 to the approval of the Plan Administrator and the Trustee.  The Trustee
 shall procure and hold such policies in its name or the name of the
 nominee.  The Trustee shall be the sole owner of all contracts purchased
 hereunder, and it shall be so designated in each policy and application
 therefor.
 
     14.3 Beneficiary.  The Participant shall have the right to name the
 Beneficiary and to choose the benefit option under the policy for the
 Beneficiary. The Trustee shall designate the Beneficiary of all such
 policies in accordance with the written directions of the Plan Adminis-
 
 trator and the policy terms.  Such designations may be outlined in the
 original application as forwarded to the issuing company.  However, the
 Plan Administrator shall have available and shall furnish the Participant
 with the necessary forms for any Beneficiary designation or change of
 Beneficiary and it will keep a copy of all executed designations as part
 of its records.  Upon a Participant's death, the Plan Administrator will
 promptly furnish the Trustee a copy of the last designation and shall
 authorize the Trustee to complete such forms as the insurance company may
 require in order to effect the benefit option.
 
     14.4 Payment_of_Premiums.  Subject to the provisions of sections
 7.3 and  14.5, premium payments to the insurer may be made only by the
 Trustee with respect to any insurance policy purchased on behalf of a
 Participant and shall constitute first an investment of a portion of the
 funds of the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccounts up to the
 maximum amount of such subaccounts permitted to be applied toward such
 premium payments, as provided in section 14.5.  If a Participant's
 subaccounts lack sufficient assets to pay premiums on a life insurance
 policy due on his behalf, the Trustee, at the direction of the Plan
 Administrator, acting upon the request of the Participant, shall borrow
 under the policy loan provisions, if any, the amount necessary to pay such
 premiums, using the cash value of the insurance as security, or the
 Trustee may liquidate assets held in the Participant's Account, in the
 same order, of sufficient value to pay such premiums.  Any loans shall be
 repaid by the application of earnings, contributions, or forfeitures to
 the Account of the Participant insured by such policy.  In the absence of
 the Plan Administrator's direction to borrow or to liquidate assets to pay
 premiums, the life insurance policy shall be put on a paid-up basis or,
 if it has no cash value, cancelled.

                                 -60-

<PAGE>
 
     14.5 Limitation_on_Insurance_Premiums.  The Trustee shall not pay,
 nor shall anyone on behalf of the Trustee pay, any life insurance premium
 for any Participant out of the Participant's Employer Contribution
 subaccounts unless the amount of such payment, plus all premiums
 previously so paid on behalf of the Participant, is less than fifty
 percent (50%) of the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated to
 the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccounts as determined on the
 date such premium is paid with respect to reserve life insurance policies
 and shall be less than twenty-five percent (25%) thereof with respect to
 nonreserve (term) policies, or, if both reserve life and term insurance
 are purchased on the life of any Participant, the sum of the term
 insurance premium plus one-half (1/2) of the reserve life premiums may not
 exceed twenty- five percent (25%) of the Employer Contributions made on
 behalf of such Participant.  For purposes of these incidental insurance
 provisions, reserve life insurance contracts are contracts with both
 nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums.  Dividends
 received on life insurance policies shall be considered a reduction of
 premiums paid in such computations.
 
          If payment of premiums on a Participant's life insurance
 policy is prohibited because of the limitation, the Trustee, as directed
 by the Plan Administrator, shall permit the Participant to maintain that
 part of the coverage made available by the prohibited premiums, either by
 payment of the amount of the prohibited premium by the Participant from
 sources other than the Trust or by distributing the policy to the extent
 of the Participant's vested interest to the Participant and eliminating
 it from the Trust.
 
          Nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of section 14.4
 and this section shall be deemed to authorize the payment of any premium
 or premiums for any Participant which would result in a failure to
 maintain any mandatory investment in Shares required by the Sponsor in the
 Account or subaccounts of any such Participant.

                                -61-

<PAGE>
 
     14.6 Insurance_Company.  No insurance company which may issue any
 policies for the purposes of this Plan shall be required to take or permit
 any action contrary to the provisions of said policies, nor shall such
 insurance company be deemed to be a party to, or responsible for the
 validity of, this Plan for any purpose.  No such insurance company shall
 be required to look into the terms of this Plan or question any action of
 the Trustee hereunder, nor be responsible to see that any action of the
 Trustee is authorized by the terms of this Plan.  Any such issuing
 insurance company shall be fully discharged from any and all liability for
 any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the direction
 of the Trustee, as the case may be, or for any change made or action taken
 by such insurance company upon such direction and no such insurance
 company shall be obliged to see to the distribution or further application
 of any monies paid by it.  The certificate of the Trustee signed by one
 of its trust officers, assistant secretary, or other authorized
 representative thereof, may be received by any insurance company as
 conclusive evidence of any of the matters mentioned in this Plan and any
 insurance company shall be fully protected in taking or permitting any
 action on the faith thereof and shall incur no liability or responsibility
 for so doing.
 
     14.7 Distribution_of_Policies.  Upon a Participant's death, the
 Trustee, upon direction of the Plan Administrator, shall procure the
 payment of the proceeds of any policy held by the Participant in
 accordance with its terms and this Plan.  The Trustee shall be required
 to pay over all the proceeds of any policy to the Participant's Designated
 Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this Plan. 
 A Participant's Spouse will be the Designated Beneficiary unless a
 Qualified Election has been made in accordance with section 9.4(c) of the
 Plan.  Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any part of the
 proceeds.  Subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of
 ARTICLE 9, the policies shall be converted or distributed upon
 commencement of benefits in accordance with the provisions of this

                                -62-

<PAGE>
 section.  Upon a Participant's retirement at or after his Normal
 Retirement Age, unless there is a single sum distribution in which case
 any policy shall be distributed, any such policy shall be converted to a
 paid-up contract and delivered to the Participant but the Plan
 Administrator may, with the Participant's consent, direct that a portion
 or all of such cash value of the policy be converted to provide retirement
 income as permitted within the terms of the policy and this Plan.  Upon
 a Participant's retirement due to Total and Permanent Disability, any such
 policy shall be held for his account and assigned or delivered to the
 Participant in addition to any other benefits provided by this Plan.  Upon
 a Participant's termination of employment for reasons other than death,
 Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement as stated above, to the
 extent of life insurance purchased by Employer Contributions, he shall be
 entitled to a vested interest in any policy held for his account as his
 interest is vested in the remainder of his Employer Contribution
 subaccounts (exclusive of any such policy).  Whenever the Participant is
 entitled to one hundred percent (100%) vesting, then such policy shall be
 assigned and delivered to the Participant in accordance with its terms and
 the terms of the Plan.  Whenever the Participant is entitled to vesting
 of less than one hundred percent (100%), then the Participant shall be
 entitled to a vested interest of the cash surrender value of any such
 policy equal to his percent of vested interest in his Employer
 Contribution subaccounts, exclusive of the policy, and one of the
 following distribution procedures shall apply:
 
          (a)  If the nonvested portion of the cash surrender value of
 all policies held for the Participant's Account is less than the amount
 of his vested termination benefit exclusive of the policies, then, such
 policy shall be assigned to the Participant and the remainder of the
 Participant's vested interest in the Participant's Employer Contribution
 subaccounts shall be reduced by the cash surrender value of the nonvested
 portion of all policies, after which it shall be paid or distributed to
 the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Plan; or
 
          (b)  If the nonvested portion of the cash surrender value of
 all policies held for the Participant's Account exceeds the Participant's
 vested interest in the Employer Contribution subaccount exclusive of such
 policies, the Participant shall be given the opportunity to purchase such
 policies by paying to the Trustee the amount of such excess within thirty
 (30) days after notice to him of the amount to be paid.  Upon receipt of
 such payment said policy shall be assigned and delivered to the Partici-
 
 pant to the full satisfaction of all termination benefits under this Plan. 
 Any such policy not so purchased shall be surrendered by the Trustee for
 its cash value and the proceeds thereof deposited in the Trust for
 reallocation pursuant to ARTICLE 5.

                                -63-

<PAGE>
 
          It is the intention hereof that the total termination benefit
 of a Participant whose interest is not fully vested shall be equal to the
 sum of the vested percentage of his Employer Contribution subaccounts
 exclusive of all such policies and the same percentage of the cash value
 of all such policies held for his Account.  To the extent possible under
 the foregoing provisions, such total termination benefits shall be
 satisfied by the transfer and delivery to the Participant of one or more
 such policies with the balance, if any, to be paid in cash or in kind.
 
     14.8 Policy_Features.  The Trustee shall arrange, where possible,
 that all policies purchased for the benefit of a Participant shall have
 the same dividend option which shall be on the premium reduction plan, and
 as nearly as may be possible all policies issued under the Plan shall have
 the same anniversary date.  To the extent any dividends or credits earned
 on insurance policies are not applied toward the next premiums due, they
 shall be allocated to the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccount
 in the same manner as a Participant's directed investment.
 
     14.9 Changed_Conditions.  From time to time because of changed
 conditions, the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Plan Administrator
 upon the election of the Participant concerned, shall obtain an additional
 contract or policy or make such change in the contracts or policies
 maintained by the Trustee on the life of the Participant as may be
 required by such changed conditions, within the limits permitted by the
 insurance company which issued or is requested to issue a contract and the
 limits established by this Plan.
 
     14.10  Conflicts.  In the event of any conflict between the terms
 of the Plan and the provisions of any contract issued hereunder, the terms
 of the Plan shall control.
 
 
                                ARTICLE 15
                              ADMINISTRATION
 
     15.1 Duties_and_Responsibilities_of_Fiduciaries;

                                  -64-

<PAGE>

 Allocation_of_Fiduciary_Responsibility.  A fiduciary of the Plan shall
 have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations
 as are explicitly given him under the Plan and Trust Agreement.  In
 general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making
 contributions to the Plan required under ARTICLE 4; appointing the Trustee
 and the Plan Administrator; and determining the funds available for
 investment under the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
 responsibility for the administration of the Plan, as more fully described
 in section 15.2.  It is intended that each fiduciary shall be responsible
 only for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities,
 and obligations under the Plan and Trust Agreement, and shall not be
 responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary.  A
 fiduciary may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to
 the Plan.
 
     15.2 Powers_and_Responsibilities_of_the_Plan_Adminis trator.
 
          (a)  Administration_of_the_Plan.  The Plan Administrator
 shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan, including the
 power to construe and interpret the Plan documents; to decide all
 questions relating to an individual's eligibility to participate in the
 Plan; to determine the amount, manner, and timing of any distribution of
 benefits or withdrawal under the Plan; to approve and ensure the repayment
 of any loan to a Participant under the Plan; to resolve any claim for
 benefits in accordance with section 15.7; and to appoint or employ
 advisors, including legal counsel; to render advice with respect to any
 of the Plan Administrator's responsibilities under the Plan.  Any
 construction, interpretation, or application of the Plan by the Plan
 Administrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding.  All actions by the
 Plan Administrator shall be taken pursuant to uniform standards applied
 to all persons similarly situated.  The Plan Administrator shall have no
 power to add to, subtract from, or modify any of the terms of the Plan,
 or to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or
 fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for a benefit under the
 Plan.
 
          (b)  Records_and_Reports.  The Plan Administrator shall be
 responsible for maintaining sufficient records to reflect the Eligibility
 Computation Periods in which an Employee is credited with one or more
 Years of Service for purposes of determining his eligibility to
 participate in the Plan, and the Compensation of each Participant for
 purposes of determining the amount of contributions that may be made by
 or on behalf of the Participant under the Plan.  The Plan Administrator
 shall be responsible for submitting all required reports and notifications
 relating to the Plan to Participants or their Beneficiaries, the Internal
 Revenue Service and the Department of Labor.

                                -65-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Furnishing_Trustee_with_Instructions.  The Plan
 Administrator shall be responsible for furnishing the Trustee with written
 instructions regarding all contributions to the Trust, all distributions
 to Participants in accordance with ARTICLE 10, all withdrawals by
 Participants in accordance with ARTICLE 12, all loans to Participants in
 accordance with ARTICLE 13 and all purchases of life insurance in
 accordance with ARTICLE 14.  In addition, the Plan Administrator shall be
 responsible for furnishing the Trustee with any further information
 respecting the Plan which the Trustee may request for the performance of
 its duties or for the purpose of making any returns to the Internal
 Revenue Service or Department of Labor as may be required of the Trustee.
 
          (d)  Rules_and_Decisions.  The Plan Administrator may adopt
 such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate in the
 administration of the Plan.  All rules and decisions of the Plan
 Administrator shall be applied uniformly and consistently to all
 Participants in similar circumstances.  When making a determination or
 calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon
 information furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Employer, the
 legal counsel of the Employer, or the Trustee.
 
          (e)  Application_and_Forms_for_Benefits.  The Plan
 Administrator may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and
 file with it an application for a benefit, and to furnish all pertinent
 information requested by it.  The Plan Administrator may rely upon all
 such information so furnished to it, including the Participant's or
 Beneficiary's current mailing address.
 
          (f)  Facility_of_Payment.  Whenever, in the Plan
 Administrator's opinion, a person entitled to receive a payment of a
 benefit or installment thereof is under a legal disability or is
 incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his financial
 affairs, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, it may direct
 the Trustee to make payments to such person or to the legal representative
 or to a relative or friend of such person for that person's benefit, or
 it may direct the Trustee to apply the payment for the benefit of such
 person in such manner as it considers advisable.

                               -66-

<PAGE>
 
     15.3 Allocation_of_Duties_and_Responsibilities.  The Plan
 Administrator may, by written instrument, allocate among its members or
 employees any of its duties and responsibilities not already allocated
 under the Plan or may designate persons other than members or employees
 to carry out any of the Plan Administrator's duties and responsibilities
 under the Plan.  Any such duties or responsibilities thus allocated must
 be described in the written instrument.  If a person other than an
 Employee of the Employer is so designated, such person must acknowledge
 in writing his acceptance of the duties and responsibilities allocated to
 him.
 
     15.4 Appointment_of_the_Plan_Administrator.  The Employer shall
 designate in the Adoption Agreement the Plan Administrator who shall
 administer the Employer's Plan.  Such Plan Administrator may consist of
 an individual, a committee of two or more individuals, whether or not, in
 either such case, the individual or any of such individuals are Employees
 of the Employer, a consulting firm or other independent agent, the Trustee
 (with its consent), or the Employer itself.  The Plan Administrator shall
 be charged with the full power and the responsibility for administering
 the Plan in all its details.  If no Plan Administrator has been appointed
 by the Employer, or if the person designated as Plan Administrator by the
 Employer is not serving as such for any reason, the Employer shall be
 deemed to be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator
 may be removed by the Employer, or may resign by giving notice in writing
 to the Employer, and in the event of the removal, resignation, or death,
 or other termination of service by the Plan Administrator, the Employer
 shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Plan Administrator,
 such successor thereafter to have all of the rights, privileges, duties,
 and obligations of the predecessor Plan Administrator.
 
     15.5 Expenses.  The Employer shall pay all expenses authorized and
 incurred by the Plan Administrator in the administration of the Plan
 except to the extent such expenses are paid from the Trust.
 
     15.6 Liabilities.  The Plan Administrator and each person to whom
 duties and responsibilities have been allocated pursuant to section 15.3
 may be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer with respect to any
 alleged breach of responsibilities performed or to be performed hereunder. 
 The Employer and each Affiliated Employer shall indemnify and hold
 harmless the Sponsor against all claims, liabilities, fines, and
 penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him
 (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees) which arise
 as a result of actions or failure to act in connection with the operation
 and administration of the Plan.

                                -67-

<PAGE>
 
     15.7 Claims_Procedure.
 
          (a)  Filing_a_Claim.  Any Participant or Beneficiary under
 the Plan may file a written claim for a Plan benefit with the Plan
 Administrator or with a person named by the Plan Administrator to receive
 claims under the Plan.
 
          (b)  Notice_of_Denial_of_Claim.  In the event of a denial or
 limitation of any benefit or payment due to or requested by any
 Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan ("claimant"), claimant shall be
 given a written notification containing specific reasons for the denial
 or limitation of his benefit.  The written notification shall contain
 specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial
 or limitation of his benefit is based.  In addition, it shall contain a
 description of any other material or information necessary for the
 claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or
 information is necessary.  The notification shall further provide
 appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes
 to submit his claim for review.  This written notification shall be given
 to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of his claim by the
 Plan Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of
 time for processing the claim.  If such an extension of time for
 processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished
 to the claimant prior to the termination of said ninety (90) day period,
 and such notice shall indicate the special circumstances which make the
 postponement appropriate.
 
          (c)  Right_of_Review.  In the event of a denial or limitation
 of his benefit, the claimant or his duly authorized representative shall
 be permitted to review  pertinent documents and to submit to the Plan
 Administrator issues and comments in writing.  In addition, the claimant
 or his duly authorized representative may make a written request for a
 full and fair review of his claim and its denial by the Plan
 Administrator; provided, however, that such written request must be
 received by the Plan Administrator (or its delegate to receive such
 requests) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written
 notification of the denial or limitation of the claim.  The sixty (60) day
 requirement may be waived by the Plan Administrator in appropriate cases.
 
                                 -68-

<PAGE>

          (d)  Decision_on_Review.  A decision shall be rendered by the
 Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request
 for review, provided that where special circumstances require an extension
 of time for processing the decision, it may be postponed on written notice
 to the claimant (prior to the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day
 period) for an additional sixty (60) days, but in no event shall the
 decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the
 receipt of such request for review.  Any decision by the Plan Adminis-
 
 trator shall be furnished to the claimant in writing and shall set forth
 the specific reasons for the decision and the specific Plan provisions on
 which the decision is based.
 
          (e)  Court_Action.  No Participant or Beneficiary shall have
 the right to seek judicial review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any
 action in any court to enforce a claim for benefits prior to filing a
 claim for benefits or exhausting his rights to review under this section.
 
 
                                ARTICLE 16
                     AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
 
     16.1 Sponsor's_Power_to_Amend.  The Sponsor may amend any part of
 the Plan.  For purposes of Sponsor's amendments, the mass submitter shall
 be recognized as the agent of the Sponsor.  If the Sponsor does not adopt
 the amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical
 to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.
 
     16.2 Amendment_by_Adopting_Employer.
 
          (a)  The Employer may:
 
               (i)   change the choice of options in the Adoption
 Agreement;
 
               (ii)  add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement
 when such language is necessary to satisfy section 415 or section 416 of
 the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and
 
               (iii) add certain model amendments published by the
 Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption
 will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed.
 
          (b)  An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason,
 including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under section 412(d)
 of the Code, will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will
 be considered to have an individually designed plan.

                                 -69-

<PAGE>
 
     16.3 Vesting_Upon_Plan_Termination.  In the event of the
 termination or partial termination of the Plan, the Account balance of
 each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.
 
     16.4 Vesting_Upon_Complete_Discontinuance_of_Contribu tions.  In
 the event of a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan,
 the Account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.
 
     16.5 Maintenance_of_Benefits_Upon_Merger.  In the event of a merger
 or consolidation with, or transfer of assets to any other plan, each
 Participant will receive a benefit immediately after such merger,
 consolidation or transfer (if the Plan then terminated) which is at least
 equal to the benefit the Participant was entitled to immediately before
 such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had been terminated).
 
     16.6 Special_Amendments.  The Employer may from time to time make
 any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy section 415 or
 416 of the Code.  Any such amendment will be adopted by the Employer by
 completing overriding Plan language in the Adoption Agreement.  In the
 event of such an amendment, the Employer must obtain a separate
 determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to continue
 reliance on the Plan's qualified status.
 
                                ARTICLE 17
                               MISCELLANEOUS
 
     17.1 Exclusive_Benefit_of_Participants_and_Beneficia ries.
 
          (a)  All assets of the Trust shall be retained for the
 exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and shall be
 used only to pay benefits to such persons or to pay the fees and expenses
 of the Trust.  The assets of the Trust shall not revert to the benefit of
 the Employer, except as otherwise specifically provided in section
 17.1(b).
 
          (b)  To the extent permitted or required by ERISA and the
 Code, contributions to the Trust under this Plan are subject to the
 following conditions:

                               -70-

<PAGE>
 
               (i)   If a contribution or any part thereof is made to
 the Trust by the Employer under a mistake of fact, such contribution or
 part thereof shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after
 the date the contribution is made.
 
               (ii)  In the event the Plan is determined not to meet
 the initial qualification requirements of section 401 of the Code,
 contributions made in respect of any period for which such requirements
 are not met shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after
 the Plan is determined not to meet such requirements, but only if the
 application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
 for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan
 is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may
 prescribe.
 
               (iii) Contributions to the Trust are specifically
 conditioned on their deductibility under the Code and, to the extent a
 deduction is disallowed for any such contribution, such amount shall be
 returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the date of the
 disallowance of the deduction.
 
     17.2 Nonguarantee_of_Employment.  Nothing contained in this Plan
 shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and
 any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the
 employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the
 Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.
 
     17.3 Rights_to_Trust_Assets.  No Employee, Participant, or
 Beneficiary shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the
 Trust upon termination of employment or otherwise, except as provided
 under the Plan.  All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made
 solely out of the assets of the Trust.
 
     17.4 Nonalienation_of_Benefits.  No benefit or interest available
 hereunder will be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily
 or involuntarily.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the
 creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable
 with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order,
 unless such order is determined to be a qualified domestic relations
 order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic relations
 order entered before January 1, 1985.

                                  -71-

<PAGE>
 
     17.5 Aggregation_Rules.
 
          (a)  Except as provided in ARTICLE 6, all Employees of the
 Employer or any Affiliated Employer will be treated as employed by a
 single employer.
 
          (b)  If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one
 or more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan
 is established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan and
 the plan established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at
 as a single plan, satisfy sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the
 Employees of this and all other trades or businesses.
 
          (c)  If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one
 or more Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or
 businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses must be
 included in a plan which satisfies sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and
 which provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided
 for Owner-Employees under this Plan.
 
          (d)  If an individual is covered as an Owner- Employee under
 the plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and
 the individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or
 benefits of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which
 are controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the
 most favorable plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.
 
          (e)  For purposes of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d), an Owner-
 Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control
 a trade or business if the Owner- Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees
 together:
 
               (i)   own the entire interest in an unincorporated
 trade or business; or
 
               (ii)  in the case of a partnership, own more than fifty
 percent (50%) of either the capital interest or the profits interest in
 the partnership.

                                -72-

<PAGE>
 
          For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner- Employee,
 or two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning an interest in
 a partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
 which such Owner- Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are
 considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.
 
     17.6 Failure_of_Qualification.  If the Employer's plan fails to
 attain or retain qualification, such plan will no longer participate in
 this master/prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed
 plan.
 
     17.7 Applicable_Law.  Except to the extent otherwise required by
 ERISA, as amended, this Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance
 with the laws of the state in which the Employer's principal place of
 business is located, as specified in the Adoption Agreement.
 
                                  -73-

 


                  LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.
                                   
                          DISTRIBUTION PLAN

     Distribution Plan (the "Plan") of Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc. 
a Maryland Corporation (the "Fund), an open-end, management investment
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"Act"), adopted pursuant to Section 12(b) of the act and Rule 12b-1
promulgated thereunder ("Rule 12b-1").

     1.   Principal Underwriter and Investment Adviser.  Lexington Funds
Distributor, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("the Distributor"), acts as the
principal underwriter of the Fund's shares pursuant to a Distribution
Agreement.  Lexington Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
"Adviser"), acts as the Fund's investment adviser pursuant to an Investment
Advisory Agreement.

     2.   Distribution Payments.  (a) The Fund either directly or through
the Adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to any
broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. and who has entered into a selected dealer
agreement with the Distributor, (ii)to other persons or organizations
("Servicing Agents") who have entered into shareholder processing and
service agreements with the Adviser or with the Distributor, with respect
to Fund shares owned by shareholders for which such Broker is the dealer or
holder of record or such servicing agent has a servicing relationship, or
(iii) for expenses associated with distribution of Fund shares, including
the compensation of the sales personnel of the Distributor; payments of no
more than an effective annual rate of 0.25%, or such lesser amounts as the
Distributor determines appropriate.

          (b)  The schedule of such fees and the basis upon which such
fees will be paid shall be determined from time to time by the Distributor
and the Adviser, subject to approval by the Directors of the Fund.

          (c)  Payments may also be made for any advertising and
promotional expenses relating to selling efforts, including but not limited
to the incremental costs of printing, prospectuses, statements of additional
information, annual reports and other periodic reports for distribution to
persons who are not shareholders of the Fund; the costs of preparing and
distributing any other supplemental sales literature; costs of radio,
television, newspaper and other advertising:  telecommunications expenses,
including the cost of telephones telephone lines and other communications
equipment, incurred by or for the Distributor in carrying out its
obligations under the Distribution Agreement;

     3.   Reports.  Quarterly, in each year that this Plan remains in
effect, the Fund's Treasurer shall prepare and furnish to the Directors of
the Fund a written report, complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1,
setting forth the amounts expended by the Fund under the Plan and purposes
for which such expenditures were made.

     4.   Approval of Plan.  This Plan shall become effective upon
approval of the Plan, the form is Selected Dealer agreement and the form of
Shareholder Service Agreement, by the majority votes of both (a) the Fund's
Directors and the Qualified Directors (as defined in Section 6), cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan and (b) the
outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in Section 2(a)(42)
of the Act.

     5.   Term.  This Plan shall remain in effect for one year from its
adoption date and may be continued thereafter if this Plan and all related
agreements are approved at least annually by a majority vote of the
Directors of the Fund, including a majority of the Qualified Directors cast
in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plan and
agreements.  This Plan may not be amended in order to increase materially
the amount to be spent for distribution assistance without shareholder
approval in accordance with Section 4 hereof.  All material amendments to
this Plan must be approved by a vote of the Directors of the Fund, and of
the Qualified Directors (as hereinafter defined), cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting thereon.

     6.   Termination.  This Plan may be terminated at any time by a
majority vote of the Directors who are not interested persons (as defined
in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act) of the Fund and have no direct or indirect
financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related
to the Plan (the "Qualified Directors") or by vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in Section 2(a)(42)
of the Act.

     7.   Nomination of "Non-Interested" Directors.  While this Plan shall
be in effect, the selection and nomination of the "non-interested" Directors
of the Fund shall be committed to the discretion of the non-interested
Directors then in office.

     8.   Miscellaneous.  (a) Any termination or non-continuance of (i)
a Selected Dealer Agreement between the Distributor and a particular broker
or (ii) a Shareholder Service agreement between the adviser or the Fund and
a particular person or organization, shall have no effect on any similar
agreements between brokers or other persons and the Fund, the Adviser or the
Distributor pursuant to this Plan.

          (b)  The Distributor, the Adviser, or the Fund shall not be
under any obligation because of this Plan to execute any Selected Dealer
Agreement with any broker or any Shareholder Service Agreement with any
person or organization.

          (c)  All Agreements with any person or organization relating to
the implementation of this Plan shall be in  writing and any agreement
related to this Plan shall be subject to termination, without penalty,
pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 hereof.



Dated:  ___________________________



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<LEGEND>
The Schedule contains summary financial information extracted from its
Statement of Assets and Liabilities dated October 27, 1995 and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to such Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                              OTHER
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-27-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                                0
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                               0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                       0
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                           150,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 150,000
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       50,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             50,000
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                       100,000
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                           10,000
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                             0
<NET-ASSETS>                                   100,000
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                    0
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                       0
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                              0
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                             0
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                            0
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                                0
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                      0
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              10.00
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission